Mercurial > vim
annotate runtime/doc/todo.txt @ 2642:840c3cadb842
Updated runtime files.
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Tue, 16 Nov 2010 20:34:40 +0100 |
| parents | 0aa21d63aba0 |
| children | 916c90b37ea9 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 2642 | 1 *todo.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2010 Nov 16 |
| 7 | 2 |
| 3 | |
| 4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 5 | |
| 6 | |
| 7 TODO list for Vim *todo* | |
| 8 | |
| 9 This is a veeeery long list of known bugs, current work and desired | |
| 10 improvements. To make it a little bit accessible, the items are grouped by | |
| 11 subject. In the first column of the line a classification is used to be able | |
| 12 to look for "the next thing to do": | |
| 13 | |
| 14 Priority classification: | |
| 15 9 next point release | |
| 16 8 next release | |
| 17 7 as soon as possible | |
| 18 6 soon | |
| 19 5 should be included | |
| 20 4 nice to have | |
| 21 3 consider including | |
| 22 2 maybe not | |
| 23 1 probably not | |
| 24 - unclassified | |
| 25 | |
| 26 *votes-for-changes* | |
| 27 See |develop.txt| for development plans. You can vote for which items should | |
| 28 be worked on, but only if you sponsor Vim development. See |sponsor|. | |
| 29 | |
| 30 *known-bugs* | |
| 31 -------------------- Known bugs and current work ----------------------- | |
| 32 | |
| 2642 | 33 Crash when using vimgrep with an ftp file. (Christian Brabandt, 2010 Nov 5) |
| 34 Crash with dragn-n-drop of file combined with netrw (Marius Gedminas, 2008 Jun | |
| 35 11) I can't reproduce it. It's probably caused by a handle_drop() call | |
| 36 in combination with autocommands that invoke a ":redraw" command. | |
| 37 Another valgrind output Jun 30. | |
| 2625 | 38 |
| 2581 | 39 'cursorline' is displayed too short when there are concealed characters and |
| 40 'list' is set, 'listchars' at default value. (Dennis Preiser, 2010 Aug 15) | |
| 41 | |
| 42 Conceal: using Tab for cchar causes problems. Should reject it. (ZyX, 2010 | |
| 43 Aug 25) | |
| 44 | |
| 2642 | 45 Problems with building after 7.3.050, -as-needed does not work for gcc 4.4.1? |
| 46 (Charles Campbell, 2010 Nov 7) Or is the problem that we should use -ltinfo, | |
| 47 because nothing is used from ncurses? | |
| 48 | |
| 2581 | 49 Syntax region with 'concealends' and a 'cchar' value, 'conceallevel' set to 2, |
| 50 only one of the two ends gets the cchar displayed. (Brett Stahlman, 2010 Aug | |
| 51 21, Ben Fritz, 2010 Sep 14) | |
| 52 | |
| 53 Windows keys not set properly on Windows 7? (cncyber, 2010 Aug 26) | |
| 54 | |
|
2608
7d8af31066c8
Updated runtime files and translations.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2596
diff
changeset
|
55 This line hangs Vim, because of syntax HL: |
|
7d8af31066c8
Updated runtime files and translations.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2596
diff
changeset
|
56 call append(line, "INFO ....12....18....24....30....36....42....48....54....60....66....72....78%$") |
|
7d8af31066c8
Updated runtime files and translations.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2596
diff
changeset
|
57 |
| 2581 | 58 Building the MingW version without clipboard but with multi-byte doesn't |
| 2625 | 59 work. (Bill Lam, 2010 Sep 18) |
| 2581 | 60 |
|
2495
a847363bf06e
Fix a few problems for :find completion. Test much more. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2493
diff
changeset
|
61 Bug: E685 error for func_unref(). (ZyX, 2010 Aug 5) |
|
a847363bf06e
Fix a few problems for :find completion. Test much more. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2493
diff
changeset
|
62 |
|
2608
7d8af31066c8
Updated runtime files and translations.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2596
diff
changeset
|
63 Using ":break" or something else that stops executing commands inside a |
|
7d8af31066c8
Updated runtime files and translations.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2596
diff
changeset
|
64 ":finally" does not rethrow a previously uncaught exception. (ZyX, 2010 Oct |
|
7d8af31066c8
Updated runtime files and translations.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2596
diff
changeset
|
65 15) |
|
7d8af31066c8
Updated runtime files and translations.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2596
diff
changeset
|
66 |
| 2581 | 67 string() can't parse back "inf" and "nan". Fix documentation or fix code? |
| 2587 | 68 (ZyX, 2010 Aug 23) |
| 2581 | 69 |
| 2625 | 70 maparg() does not show the <script> flag. How to restore the script ID? |
| 71 | |
| 2642 | 72 Patch to fix \%V item in regexp. (Christian Brabandt, 2010 Nov 8) |
| 73 Not quite right. | |
|
2608
7d8af31066c8
Updated runtime files and translations.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2596
diff
changeset
|
74 |
|
7d8af31066c8
Updated runtime files and translations.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2596
diff
changeset
|
75 Highlighting stops working after changing it many times. Script to reproduce |
|
7d8af31066c8
Updated runtime files and translations.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2596
diff
changeset
|
76 it: Pablo Contreras, 2010 Oct 12 Windows XP and 7. Font is never freed? |
| 2152 | 77 |
| 2642 | 78 When 'cursorcolumn' is set locally to a window, ":new" opens a window with the |
| 79 same highlighting but 'cursorcolumn' is empty. (Tyru, 2010 Nov 15) | |
| 80 | |
|
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
81 GTK: drawing a double-width combining character over single-width characters |
|
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
82 doesn't look right. (Dominique Pelle, 2010 Aug 8) |
|
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
83 |
| 2642 | 84 GTK: patch to fix hitting Enter in a dialog. (Britton Kerin, 2010 Nov 11) |
| 85 | |
| 2625 | 86 GTK: tear-off menu does not work. (Kurt Sonnenmoser, 2010 Oct 25) |
| 87 | |
| 2642 | 88 ":find" completion does not escape space in directory name. (Isz, 2010 Nov 2) |
| 89 | |
| 90 Win32: When using Chinese tear-off menu doesn't work. (Weasley, 2010 Oct 31) | |
| 91 Patch by Alex Jakushev, 2010 Nov 2. | |
| 92 | |
| 93 Using control characters in 'statusline' doesn't work well. (ZyX, 2010 Nov 1) | |
| 94 Patch by Caio Ariede, 2010 Nov 3 | |
| 95 | |
|
2608
7d8af31066c8
Updated runtime files and translations.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2596
diff
changeset
|
96 Using ":call" inside "if 0" does not see that a function returns a Dict and |
|
7d8af31066c8
Updated runtime files and translations.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2596
diff
changeset
|
97 gives error for "." as string concatenation. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2010 Oct 20) |
| 2625 | 98 Patch: Oct 20. |
|
2608
7d8af31066c8
Updated runtime files and translations.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2596
diff
changeset
|
99 |
| 2642 | 100 Patch to move check for emsg_not_now() up to avoid statusline not being |
| 101 updated. (James Vega, 2010 Nov 4) | |
| 102 | |
| 2596 | 103 Copy/paste between Vim and Google chrome doesn't work well for multi-byte |
| 2581 | 104 characters. (Ben Haskell, 2010 Sep 17) |
| 2596 | 105 When putting text in the cut buffer (when exiting) and conversion doesn't work |
| 106 properly, Prepend "ENC==={value of 'enc'}:" to the text and don't convert? | |
| 107 Then it should at least work from Vim to Vim and in other applications it's | |
| 108 clear why it doesn't work. | |
| 2581 | 109 |
| 2152 | 110 Editing a file with a ^M with 'ff' set to "mac", opening a help file, then the |
| 111 ^M is displayed as ^J sometimes. Getting 'ff' value from wrong window/buffer? | |
| 112 | |
|
2608
7d8af31066c8
Updated runtime files and translations.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2596
diff
changeset
|
113 Patch to add 'systemencoding', convert between 'encoding' and this for file |
|
7d8af31066c8
Updated runtime files and translations.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2596
diff
changeset
|
114 names, shell commands and the like. (Kikuchan, 2010 Oct 14) |
|
7d8af31066c8
Updated runtime files and translations.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2596
diff
changeset
|
115 Assume the system converts between the actual encoding of the filesystem to |
|
7d8af31066c8
Updated runtime files and translations.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2596
diff
changeset
|
116 the system encoding (usually utf-8). |
|
7d8af31066c8
Updated runtime files and translations.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2596
diff
changeset
|
117 |
| 2152 | 118 Problem producing tags file when hebrew.frx is present. It has a BOM. |
| 119 Results in E670. (Tony Mechelynck, 2010 May 2) | |
| 120 | |
| 2642 | 121 Patch to support sorting on floating point number. |
| 122 | |
| 123 Ruby: ":ruby print $buffer.number" returns zero. | |
|
2608
7d8af31066c8
Updated runtime files and translations.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2596
diff
changeset
|
124 |
|
2564
f85004953416
README and help file updates.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2561
diff
changeset
|
125 setpos() does not restore cursor position after :normal. (Tyru, 2010 Aug 11) |
|
2553
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
126 |
| 2625 | 127 7 The 'directory' option supports changing path separators to "%" to make |
| 128 file names unique, also support this for 'backupdir'. (Mikolaj Machowski) | |
| 129 Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2010 Oct 21. | |
| 130 | |
| 2581 | 131 getpos()/setpos() don't include curswant. getpos() could return a fifth |
| 132 element. setpos() could accept an optional fifth element. | |
| 133 Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2010 Sep 6. Check that new argument is optional | |
| 134 and that it's documented. | |
| 135 | |
| 2625 | 136 With "tw=55 fo+=a" typing space before ) doesn't work well. (Scott Mcdermott, |
| 137 2010 Oct 24) | |
| 138 | |
| 2642 | 139 Patch to add random number generator. (Hong Xu, 2010 Nov 8, update Nov 10) |
| 140 Alternative from Christian Brabandt. (2010 Sep 19) | |
| 141 | |
| 2581 | 142 Messages in message.txt are highlighted as examples. |
| 143 | |
| 2625 | 144 When using cp850 the NBSP (0xff) is not drawn correctly. (Brett Stahlman, 2010 |
| 145 Oct 22) 'isprint' is set to "@,161-255". | |
| 146 | |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2556
diff
changeset
|
147 Test 73 fails on MS-Windows when compiled with DJGPP and run twice. How to |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2556
diff
changeset
|
148 delete the Xfind directory? Add an rmdir() function, just like we have |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2556
diff
changeset
|
149 mkdir(). |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2556
diff
changeset
|
150 |
|
2608
7d8af31066c8
Updated runtime files and translations.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2596
diff
changeset
|
151 ":echo "\x85" =~# '[\u0085]'" returns 1 instead of 0. (ZyX, 2010 Oct 3) |
|
7d8af31066c8
Updated runtime files and translations.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2596
diff
changeset
|
152 |
| 2152 | 153 'cindent' not correct when 'list' is set. (Zdravi Korusef, 2010 Apr 15) |
| 154 | |
| 2581 | 155 Windows installer: licence text should not use indent, causes bad word wrap. |
| 156 (Benjamin Fritz, 2010 Aug 16) | |
| 157 | |
| 158 Mac with X11: clipboard doesn't work properly. (Raf, 2010 Aug 16) | |
| 159 | |
| 2152 | 160 ":helpgrep" does not put the cursor in the correct column when preceded by |
| 161 accented character. (Tony Mechelynck, 2010 Apr 15) | |
| 162 | |
| 2581 | 163 Don't call check_restricted() for histadd(), setbufvar(), settabvar(), |
| 164 setwinvar(). | |
| 165 | |
| 2531 | 166 Echo starts in the wrong column: |
| 167 while 1 | let s = input('A') | echo 'R' | endw | |
| 168 (Boyko Bantchev, 2010 Aug 9) | |
| 169 | |
| 2642 | 170 Patch for GVimExt to show an icon. (Dominik Riebeling, 2010 Nov 7) |
| 171 | |
| 2442 | 172 Patch: Let rare word highlighting overrule good word highlighting. |
| 173 (Jakson A. Aquino, 2010 Jul 30) | |
| 174 | |
|
2513
a88237afdb20
Change readfile() to ignore byte order marks, unless in binary mode.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2511
diff
changeset
|
175 Patch to make more characters work in dialogs. (Yankwei Jia, 2010 Aug 4) |
|
a88237afdb20
Change readfile() to ignore byte order marks, unless in binary mode.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2511
diff
changeset
|
176 |
| 2642 | 177 Patch for VisVim, pass file name to VimOpenFile. (Jiri Sedlak, 2010 Nov 12) |
| 178 | |
| 2581 | 179 When 'lines' is 25 and 'scrolloff' is 12, "j" scrolls zero or two lines |
| 180 instead of one. (Constantin Pan, 2010 Sep 10) | |
| 181 | |
| 2642 | 182 Writing nested List and Dict in viminfo gives error message and can't be read |
| 183 back. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2010 Nov 13) | |
| 184 | |
| 185 Dos uninstal may delete vim.bat from the wrong directory (e.g., when someone | |
| 186 makes his own wrapper). Add a magic string with the version number to the | |
| 187 .bat file and check for it in the uninstaller. E.g. | |
| 188 # uninstall key: vim7.3* | |
| 189 | |
|
2120
f63ace015c63
Updated runtime and language files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2098
diff
changeset
|
190 Problem with cursor in the wrong column. (SungHyun Nam, 2010 Mar 11) |
| 2152 | 191 Additional info by Dominique Pelle. (also on 2010 Apr 10) |
| 192 | |
| 2642 | 193 CreateFile and CreateFileW are used without sharing, filewritable() fails when |
| 194 the file was already open (e.g. script is being sourced). Add FILE_SHARE_READ| | |
| 195 FILE_SHARE_WRITE in mch_access()? (Phillippe Vaucher, 2010 Nov 2) | |
| 196 | |
| 2152 | 197 Is ~/bin (literally) in $PATH supposed to work? (Paul, 2010 March 29) |
| 198 Looks like only bash can do it. (Yakov Lerner) | |
| 199 | |
| 200 8 Add an event like CursorHold that is triggered repeatedly, not just once | |
| 201 after typing something. | |
| 202 Need for CursorHold that retriggers. Use a key that doesn't do anything, or a | |
| 203 function that resets did_cursorhold. | |
|
2098
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
204 |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
205 Cscope "cs add" stopped working somewhat before 7.2.438. (Gary Johnson, 2010 |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
206 Jun 29) Caused by 7.2.433? |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
207 |
|
2098
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
208 I often see pasted text (from Firefox, to Vim in xterm) appear twice. |
|
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
209 Also, Vim in xterm sometimes loses copy/paste ability (probably after running |
|
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
210 an external command). |
|
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
211 |
| 2152 | 212 Jumplist doesn't work properly in Insert mode? (Jean Johner, 2010 Mar 20) |
| 213 | |
|
2120
f63ace015c63
Updated runtime and language files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2098
diff
changeset
|
214 Problem with transparent cmdline. Also: Terminal title is wrong with |
|
f63ace015c63
Updated runtime and language files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2098
diff
changeset
|
215 non-ASCII character. (Lily White, 2010 Mar 7) |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
216 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
217 iconv() doesn't fail on an illegal character, as documented. (Yongwei Wu, 2009 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
218 Nov 15, example Nov 26) Add argument to specify whether iconv() should fail |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
219 or replace with a character and continue? |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
220 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
221 Add local time at start of --startuptime output. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
222 Requires configure check for localtime(). |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
223 Use format year-month-day hr:min:sec. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
224 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
225 Shell not recognized properly if it ends in "csh -f". (James Vega, 2009 Nov 3) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
226 Find tail? Might have a / in argument. Find space? Might have space in |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
227 path. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
228 |
|
2608
7d8af31066c8
Updated runtime files and translations.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2596
diff
changeset
|
229 ":sort n" treats empty line as higher than zero. (Beeyawned, 2010 Oct 13) |
|
7d8af31066c8
Updated runtime files and translations.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2596
diff
changeset
|
230 |
| 2152 | 231 ":function f(x) keepjumps" creates a function where every command is executed |
| 232 like it has ":keepjumps" before it. | |
| 233 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
234 Coverity: ask someone to create new user: Dominique. |
|
2564
f85004953416
README and help file updates.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2561
diff
changeset
|
235 Check if there are new reported defects: http://scan.coverity.com/rung2.html |
|
f85004953416
README and help file updates.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2561
diff
changeset
|
236 |
| 2642 | 237 Patch to support :undo absolute jump to file save number. (Christian Brabandt, |
| 238 2010 Nov 5) | |
| 239 | |
|
2564
f85004953416
README and help file updates.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2561
diff
changeset
|
240 When setting 'undofile' while the file is already loaded, but unchanged, try |
|
f85004953416
README and help file updates.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2561
diff
changeset
|
241 to read the undo file. Requires computing a checksum of the text. (Andy |
|
f85004953416
README and help file updates.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2561
diff
changeset
|
242 Wokula) |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
243 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
244 Bug with 'incsearch' going to wrong line. (Wolfram Kresse, 2009 Aug 17) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
245 Only with "vim -u NONE". |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
246 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
247 Problem with editing file in binary mode. (Ingo Krabbe, 2009 Oct 8) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
248 |
| 2561 | 249 Display error when 'tabline' that includes a file name with double-width |
| 250 characters. (2010 Aug 14, bootleq) | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
251 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
252 Problem with stop directory in findfile(). (Adam Simpkins, 2009 Aug 26) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
253 |
| 2152 | 254 Undo problem: line not removed as expected when using setline() from Insert |
| 255 mode. (Israel Chauca, 2010 May 13, more in second msg) | |
| 256 Break undo when CTRL-R = changes the text? Or save more lines? | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
257 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
258 Change to C syntax folding to make it work much faster, but a bit less |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
259 reliable. (Lech Lorens, 2009 Nov 9) Enable with an option? |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
260 Most time is spent in in_id_list(). |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
261 |
| 2225 | 262 Slow combination of folding and PHP syntax highlighting. Script to reproduce |
| 263 it. Caused by "syntax sync fromstart" in combination with patch 7.2.274. | |
| 264 (Christian Brabandt, 2010 May 27) | |
| 265 | |
| 2262 | 266 When completion inserts the first match, it may trigger the line to be folded. |
| 267 Disable updating folds while completion is active? (Peter Odding, 2010 Jun 9) | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
268 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
269 In command line window ":close" doesn't work properly. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
270 Jun 1) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
271 |
| 2596 | 272 Cannot use getchar() inside :normal and using an expression mapping. Is this |
| 273 supposed to work? (XyX, 2010 Sep 22) | |
| 274 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
275 When a:base in 'completefunc' starts with a number it's passed as a number, |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
276 not a string. (Sean Ma) Need to add flag to call_func_retlist() to force a |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
277 string value. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
278 |
| 2152 | 279 There is no command line completion for ":lmap". |
| 280 | |
| 2596 | 281 ":e ~br<Tab>" does not complete to ":e /home/bram/". Would need to use |
| 282 getpwent() to find all the matches. | |
| 283 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
284 Invalid read error in Farsi mode. (Dominique Pelle, 2009 Aug 2) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
285 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
286 For running gvim on an USB stick: avoid the OLE registration. Use a command |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
287 line argument -noregister. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
288 |
| 2642 | 289 When using an expression in 'statusline' leading white space sometimes goes |
| 290 missing (but not always). (ZyX, 2010 Nov 1) | |
| 291 | |
| 2152 | 292 When a mapping exists both for insert mode and lang-insert mode, the last one |
| 293 doesn't work. (Tyru, 2010 May 6) Or is this intended? | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
294 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
295 Still a problem with ":make" in the wrong directory. Caused by ":bufdo". |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
296 (Ajit Thakkar, 2009 Jul 1) More information Jul 9, Jul 15. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
297 Caused by "doautoall syntaxset BufEnter *" in syntax/nosyntax.vim ? |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
298 There also is a BufLeave/BufEnter aucmd to save/restore view. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
299 Does the patch to save/restore globaldir work? |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
300 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
301 ":bufdo normal gg" while 'hidden' is set leaves buffers without syntax |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
302 highlighting. Don't disable Syntax autocommands then? Or add a flag/modifier |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
303 to avoid changing 'eventignore'? |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
304 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
305 Patch for displaying 0x200c and 0x200d. (Ali Gholami Rudi, 2009 May 6) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
306 Probably needs a bit of work. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
307 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
308 List of encoding aliases. (Takao Fujiware, 2009 Jul 18) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
309 Are they all OK? Update Jul 22. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
310 |
| 2581 | 311 Win32: Improved Makefile for MSVC. (Leonardo Valeri Manera, 2010 Aug 18) |
| 312 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
313 Win32: Expanding 'path' runs into a maximum size limit. (bgold12, 2009 Nov 15) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
314 |
| 2581 | 315 Win32: Patch for enabling quick edit mode in console. (Craig Barkhouse, 2010 |
| 316 Sep 1) | |
| 317 | |
|
2502
e6420d275b6a
Update README files. Remove references to extra and lang archives.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2495
diff
changeset
|
318 Putting a Visual block while 'visualedit' is "all" does not leave the cursor |
|
e6420d275b6a
Update README files. Remove references to extra and lang archives.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2495
diff
changeset
|
319 on the first character. (John Beckett, 2010 Aug 7) |
|
e6420d275b6a
Update README files. Remove references to extra and lang archives.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2495
diff
changeset
|
320 |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
321 Setting 'tags' to "tagsdir/*" does not find "tagsdir/tags". (Steven K. Wong, |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
322 2009 Jul 18) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
323 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
324 Patch to add farsi handling to arabic.c (Ali Gholami Rudi, 2009 May 2) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
325 Added test, updates, June 23. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
326 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
327 Patch to add "focusonly" to 'scrollopt', so that scrollbind also applies in |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
328 window that doesn't have focus. (Jonathon Mah, 2009 Jan 12) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
329 Needs more work. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
330 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
331 Problem with <script> mappings (Andy Wokula, 2009 Mar 8) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
332 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
333 When starting Vim with "gvim -f -u non_existent_file > foo.txt" there are a |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
334 few control characters in the output. (Dale Wiles, 2009 May 28) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
335 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
336 'cmdwinheight is only used in last window when 'winheight' is a large value. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
337 (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Apr 15) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
338 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
339 Status line containing winnr() isn't updated when splitting the window (Clark |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
340 J. Wang, 2009 Mar 31) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
341 |
| 2152 | 342 When $VIMRUNTIME is set in .vimrc, need to reload lang files. Already done |
| 343 for GTK, how about others? (Ron Aaron, 2010 Apr 10) | |
| 344 | |
| 2540 | 345 Patch for GTK buttons X1Mouse and X2Mouse. (Christian J. Robinson, 2010 Aug 9) |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
346 |
| 2152 | 347 Motif: Build on Ubuntu can't enter any text in dialog text fields. |
| 348 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
349 When 'ft' changes redraw custom status line. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
350 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
351 ":tab split fname" doesn't set the alternate file in the original window, |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
352 because win_valid() always returns FALSE. Below win_new_tabpage() in |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
353 ex_docmd.c. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
354 |
| 2152 | 355 Space before comma in function definition not allowed: "function x(a , b)" |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
356 Give a more appropriate error message. Add a remark to the docs. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
357 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
358 string_convert() should be able to convert between utf-8 and utf-16le. Used |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
359 for GTK clipboard. Avoid requirement for iconv. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
360 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
361 Now that colnr_T is int instead of unsigned, more type casts can be removed. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
362 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
363 'delcombine' does not work for the command line. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Jul |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
364 20) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
365 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
366 Unwanted file name escaping: ":echo input('file:' , '', 'file')" |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
367 And use file name completion on a file with spaces. (Frederic Hardy, 2009 Mar |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
368 23) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
369 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
370 Don't load macmap.vim on startup, turn it into a plugin. (Ron Aaron, |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
371 2009 Apr 7) Reminder Apr 14. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
372 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
373 Add "no_hlsearch" to winsaveview(). |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
374 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
375 Cursorline highlighting combines with Search ('hlsearch') but not with |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
376 SpellBad. (Jim Karsten, 2009 Mar 18) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
377 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
378 When 'foldmethod' is "indent", using >> on a line just above a fold makes the |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
379 cursor line folded. (Evan Laforge, 2009 Oct 17) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
380 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
381 When 'foldmethod' is "indent", adding an empty line below a fold and then |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
382 indented text, creates a new fold instead of joining it with the previous one. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
383 (Evan Laforge, 2009 Oct 17) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
384 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
385 Bug: When reloading a buffer changed outside of Vim, BufRead autocommands |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
386 are applied to the wrong buffer/window. (Ben Fritz, 2009 Apr 2, May 11) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
387 Ignore window options when not in the right window? |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
388 Perhaps we need to use a hidden window for applying autocommands to a buffer |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
389 that doesn't have a window. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
390 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
391 When using "ab foo bar" and mapping <Tab> to <Esc>, pressing <Tab> after foo |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
392 doesn't trigger the abbreviation like <Esc> would. (Ramana Kumar, 2009 Sep 6) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
393 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
394 getbufvar() to get a window-local option value for a buffer that's not |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
395 displayed in a window should return the value that's stored for that buffer. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
396 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
397 ":he ctrl_u" can be auto-corrected to ":he ctrl-u". |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
398 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
399 There should be a way after an abbreviation has expanded to go back to what |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
400 was typed. CTRL-G h ? Would also undo last word or line break inserted |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
401 perhaps. And undo CTRL-W. CTRL-G l would redo. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
402 |
|
2495
a847363bf06e
Fix a few problems for :find completion. Test much more. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2493
diff
changeset
|
403 Diff mode out of sync. (Gary Johnson, 2010 Aug 4) |
|
a847363bf06e
Fix a few problems for :find completion. Test much more. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2493
diff
changeset
|
404 |
|
2608
7d8af31066c8
Updated runtime files and translations.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2596
diff
changeset
|
405 Support a 'systemencoding' option (for Unix). It specifies the encoding of |
|
7d8af31066c8
Updated runtime files and translations.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2596
diff
changeset
|
406 file names. (Kikuchan, 2010 Oct 5). Useful on a latin1 or double-byte Asian |
|
7d8af31066c8
Updated runtime files and translations.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2596
diff
changeset
|
407 system when 'encoding' is "utf-8". |
|
7d8af31066c8
Updated runtime files and translations.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2596
diff
changeset
|
408 |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
409 Win32: A --remote command that has a directory name starting with a ( doesn't |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
410 work, the backslash is removed, assuming that it escapes the (. (Valery |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
411 Kondakoff, 2009 May 13) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
412 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
413 Win32 GUI: Changing manifest helps for dpi changes (Joe Castro, 2009 Mar 27) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
414 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
415 Win32 GUI: last message from startup doesn't show up when there is an echoerr |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
416 command. (Cyril Slobin, 2009 Mar 13) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
417 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
418 Win32: use different args for SearchPath()? (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2009 Jan 30) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
419 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
420 Win32: completion of file name ":e c:\!test" results in ":e c:\\!test", which |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
421 does not work. (Nieko Maatjes, 2009 Jan 8, Ingo Karkat, 2009 Jan 22) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
422 |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2373
diff
changeset
|
423 opening/closing window causes other window with 'winfixheight' to change |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2373
diff
changeset
|
424 height. Also happens when there is another window in the frame, if it's not |
|
2391
f1d95a986dfb
Document extra argument for Python append().
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2389
diff
changeset
|
425 very high. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2010 Jul 22, Michael Peeters, 2010 Jul 22) |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2373
diff
changeset
|
426 |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
427 Directory wrong in session file, caused by ":lcd" in BufEnter autocommand. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
428 (Felix Kater, 2009 Mar 3) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
429 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
430 Using ~ works OK on 'a' with composing char, but not on 0x0418 with composing |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
431 char 0x0301. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Mar 4) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
432 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
433 Inconsistent: starting with $LANG set to es_ES.utf-8 gives Spanish |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
434 messages, even though locale is not supported. But ":lang messages |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
435 es_ES.utf-8" gives an error and doesn't switch messages. (Dominique Pelle, |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
436 2009 Jan 26) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
437 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
438 When $HOME contains special characters, sich as a comma, escape them when used |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
439 in an option. (Michael Hordijk, 2009 May 5) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
440 Turn "esc" argument of expand_env_esc() into string of chars to be escaped. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
441 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
442 Can 'undolevels' be a buffer-local option? Helps for making big changes in |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
443 one file only, set 'ul' to -1 only for that buffer. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
444 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
445 Should make 'ignorecase' global-local, so that it makes sense setting it from |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
446 a modeline. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
447 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
448 Add cscope target to Makefile. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Jun 18, replies by |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
449 Sergey Khorev) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
450 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
451 Consider making YankRing or something else that keeps a list of yanked text |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
452 part of standard Vim. The "1 to "9 registers are not sufficient. |
| 1624 | 453 |
| 1698 | 454 netrw: dragging status line causes selection of entry. Should check row |
| 455 number to be below last visible line. | |
| 456 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
457 After doing "su" $HOME can be the old user's home, thus ~root/file is not |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
458 correct. Don't use it in the swap file. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
459 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
460 Completion for ":buf" doesn't work properly on Win32 when 'shellslash' is off. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
461 (Henrik Ohman, 2009, Jan 29) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
462 |
| 2642 | 463 shellescape() depends on 'shellshash' for quoting. That doesn't work when |
| 464 'shellslash' is set but using cmd.exe. (Ben Fritz) | |
| 465 Use a different option or let it depend on whether 'shell' looks like a | |
| 466 unix-like shell? | |
| 467 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
468 Allow patches to add something to version.c, like with an official patch, so |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
469 that :version output shows which patches have been applied. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
470 |
| 2152 | 471 Bug: in Ex mode (after "Q") backslash before line break, when yanked into a |
| 472 register and executed, results in <Nul>: instead of line break. | |
| 473 (Konrad Schwarz, 2010 Apr 16) | |
| 474 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
475 Have a look at patch for utf-8 line breaking. (Yongwei Wu, 2008 Mar 1, Mar 23) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
476 Now at: http://vimgadgets.sourceforge.net/liblinebreak/ |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
477 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
478 Greek sigma character should be lower cased depending on the context. Can we |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
479 make this work? (Dominique Pelle, 2009 Sep 24) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
480 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
481 When changing 'encoding' convert all the swap file names, so that we can |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
482 still delete them. Also convert all buffer file names? |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
483 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
484 "gqip" in Insert mode has an off-by-one error, causing it to reflow text. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
485 (Raul Coronado, 2009 Nov 2) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
486 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
487 Update src/testdir/main.aap. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
488 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
489 "vim -c 'sniff connect'" hangs Vim. (Dominique Pelle, 2008 Dec 7) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
490 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
491 Something wrong with session that has "cd" commands and "badd", in such a way |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
492 that Vim doesn't find the edited file in the buffer list, causing the |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
493 ATTENTION message? (Tony Mechelynck, 2008 Dec 1) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
494 Also: swap files are in ~/tmp/ One has relative file name ".mozilla/...". |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
495 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
496 Add v:motion_force. (Kana Natsuno, 2008 Dec 6) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
497 |
| 1668 | 498 Runtime files for Clojure. (Toralf Wittner, 2008 Jun 25) |
| 499 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
500 MS-Windows: editing the first, empty buffer, 'ffs' set to "unix,dos", ":enew" |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
501 doesn't set 'ff' to "unix". (Ben Fritz, 2008 Dec 5) Reusing the old buffer |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
502 probably causes this. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
503 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
504 'scrollbind' is not respected when deleting lines or undo. (Milan Vancura, |
| 2190 | 505 2009 Jan 16) |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
506 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
507 Document that default font in Athena can be set with resources: |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
508 XtDefaultFont: "9x15" |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
509 XtDefaultFontSet: "9x15" |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
510 (Richard Sherman, 2009 Apr 12) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
511 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
512 Having "Syntax" in 'eventignore' for :bufdo may cause problems, e.g. for |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
513 ":bufdo e" when buffers are open in windows. ex_listdo(eap) could set the |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
514 option only for when jumping to another buffer, not when the command argument |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
515 is executed. |
| 1668 | 516 |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
517 ":pedit %" with a BufReadPre autocommand causes the cursor to move to the |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
518 first line. (Ingo Karkat, 2008 Jul 1) Ian Kelling is working on this. |
| 1624 | 519 |
| 520 Wildmenu not deleted: "gvim -u NONE", ":set nocp wildmenu cmdheight=3 | |
| 521 laststatus=2", CTRL-D CTRL-H CTRL-H CTRL-H. (A.Politz, 2008 April 1) | |
| 522 Works OK with Vim in an xterm. | |
| 523 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
524 Cursor line moves in other window when using CTRL-W J that doesn't change |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
525 anything. (Dasn, 2009 Apr 7) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
526 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
527 On Unix "glob('does not exist~')" returns the string. Without the "~" it |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
528 doesn't. (John Little, 2008 Nov 9) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
529 Shell expansion returns unexpanded string? |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
530 Don't use shell when "~" is not at the start? |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
531 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
532 ":unlet $VAR" doesn't work. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
533 |
| 1698 | 534 When using ":e ++enc=foo file" and the file is already loaded with |
| 535 'fileencoding' set to "bar", then do_ecmd() uses that buffer, even though the | |
| 536 fileencoding differs. Reload the buffer in this situation? Need to check for | |
| 537 the buffer to be unmodified. | |
| 538 Unfinished patch by Ian Kelling, 2008 Jul 11. Followup Jul 14, need to have | |
| 539 another look at it. | |
| 540 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
541 Patch for c.vim and cpp.vim syntax files. (Chung-chieh Shan, 2008 Nov 26) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
542 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
543 c.vim: XXX in a comment is colored yellow, but not when it's after "#if 0". |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
544 (Ilya Dogolazky, 2009 Aug 7) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
545 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
546 Win32: ":dis +" shows nothing, but "+p does insert text. Problem with "* and |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
547 "+ being the same thing? |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
548 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
549 You can type ":w ++bad=x fname", but the ++bad argument is ignored. Give an |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
550 error message? Or is this easy to implement? (Nathan Stratton Treadway, 2008 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
551 Aug 20) This is in ucs2bytes(), search for 0xBF. Using the ++bad argument is |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
552 at the other match for 0xBF. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
553 |
| 1624 | 554 Fix for matchparen HL doesn't work. beep. |
| 555 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
556 When adding "-complete=file" to a user command this also changes how the |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
557 argument is processed for <f-args>. (Ivan Tishchenko, 2008 Aug 19) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
558 |
| 1624 | 559 Win32: associating a type with Vim doesn't take care of space after a |
| 560 backslash? (Robert Vibrant, 2008 Jun 5) | |
| 561 | |
| 2581 | 562 Win32: bold font doesn't work when 'guifontwide' has been set. (Yue Wu, 2010 |
| 563 Aug 23) | |
| 564 | |
| 565 When 'rightleft' is set, cursorcolumn isn't highlighted after the end of a | |
| 566 line. It's also wrong in folds. (Dominique Pelle, 2010 Aug 21) | |
| 567 | |
| 568 Using an insert mode expression mapping, cursor is not in the expected | |
| 569 position. (ZyX, 2010 Aug 29) | |
| 570 | |
| 1624 | 571 After using <Tab> for command line completion after ":ta blah" and getting E33 |
| 572 (no tags file), further editing the command to e.g., ":echo 'blah'", the | |
| 1698 | 573 command is not executed. Fix by Ian Kelling? |
| 1624 | 574 |
| 1698 | 575 ":help s/~" jumps to *s/\~*, while ":help s/\~" doesn't find anything. (Tim |
| 576 Chase) Fix by Ian Kelling, 2008 Jul 14. | |
| 577 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
578 Use "\U12345678" for 32 bit Unicode characters? (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
579 Apr 6) Or use "\u(123456)", similar to Perl. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
580 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
581 When mapping : to ; and ; to :, @; doesn't work like @: and @: doesn't work |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
582 either. Matt Wozniski: nv_at() calls do_execreg() which uses |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
583 put_in_typebuf(). Char mapped twice? |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
584 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
585 8 Some file systems are case-sensitive, some are not. Turn |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
586 CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME into an option, at least for completion. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
587 |
| 1624 | 588 Despite adding save_subexpr() this still doesn't work properly: |
| 589 Regexp: matchlist('12a4aaa', '^\(.\{-}\)\(\%5c\@<=a\+\)\(.\+\)\?') | |
| 590 Returns ['12a4', 'aaa', '4aaa'], should be ['12a4', 'aaa', ''] | |
| 591 Backreference not cleared when retrying after \@<= fails? | |
| 592 (Brett Stahlman, 2008 March 8) | |
| 593 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
594 Problem with remote_send(). (Charles Campbell, 2008 Aug 12) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
595 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
596 ftplugin for help file should set 'isk' to help file value. |
| 1698 | 597 |
| 1624 | 598 Win32: remote editing fails when the current directory name contains "[". |
| 599 (Ivan Tishchenko, Liu Yubao) Suggested patch by Chris Lubinski: Avoid | |
| 600 escaping characters where the backslash is not removed later. Asked Chris for | |
| 601 an alternate solution, also for src/ex_getln.c. | |
| 1668 | 602 This also fails when the file or directory name contains "%". (Thoml, 2008 |
| 603 July 7) | |
| 1624 | 604 |
| 605 The str2special() function doesn't handle multi-byte characters properly. | |
| 606 Patch from Vladimir Vichniakov, 2007 Apr 24. | |
| 607 Should clean up the whole function. Also allow modifiers like <S-Char-32>? | |
| 608 find_special_key() also has this problem. | |
| 609 | |
| 610 Problem with 'langmap' being used on the rhs of a mapping. (Nikolai Weibull, | |
| 611 2008 May 14) | |
| 612 | |
| 613 Problem with CTRL-F. (Charles Campbell, 2008 March 21) | |
| 614 Only happens with "gvim -geometry "160x26+4+27" -u NONE -U NONE prop.c". | |
| 615 'lines' is 54. (2008 March 27) | |
| 616 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
617 Problem with pointer wrapping around in getvcol(). (Wolfgang Kroworsch, 2008 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
618 Oct 19) Check for "col" being "MAXCOL" separately? |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
619 |
| 1624 | 620 Unexpectedly inserting a double quote. (Anton Woellert, 2008 Mar 23) |
| 621 Works OK when 'cmdheight' is 2. | |
| 622 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
623 Test54 should not use shell commands. Make it portable. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
624 |
| 1624 | 625 The utf class table is missing some entries: |
| 626 0x2212, minus sign | |
| 627 0x2217, star | |
| 628 0x2500, bar | |
| 629 0x26ab, circle | |
| 630 | |
| 631 Visual line mode doesn't highlight properly when 'showbreak' is used and the | |
| 632 line doesn't fit. (Dasn, 2008 May 1) | |
| 633 | |
| 634 GUI: In Normal mode can't yank the modeless selection. Make "gy" do this? | |
| 635 Works like CTRL-Y in Command line mode. | |
| 636 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
637 Mac: Move Carbon todo items to os_mac.txt. Note that this version is frozen, |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
638 try the Cocoa version. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
639 |
| 1125 | 640 Mac: After a ":vsplit" the left scrollbar doesn't appear until 'columns' is |
| 641 changed or the window is resized. | |
| 642 | |
| 1624 | 643 Mac: Patch for configure: remove arch from ruby link args. (Knezevic, 2008 |
| 644 Mar 5) Alternative: Kazuki Sakamoto, Mar 7. | |
| 645 | |
| 1698 | 646 Mac: trouble compiling with Motif, requires --disable-darwin. (Raf, 2008 Aug |
| 647 1) Reply by Ben Schmidt. | |
| 648 | |
| 1624 | 649 C't: On utf-8 system, editing file with umlaut through Gnome results in URL |
| 650 with %nn%nn, which is taken as two characters instead of one. | |
| 651 Try to reproduce at work. | |
| 652 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
653 Patch for default choice in file changed dialog. (Bjorn Winckler, 2008 Oct 19) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
654 Is there a way to list all the files first? |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
655 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
656 When 'smartcase' is set and using CTRL-L to add to the search pattern it may |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
657 result in no matches. Convert chars to lower case? (Erik Wognsen, 2009 Apr |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
658 16) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
659 |
| 2581 | 660 Searching for composing char works, but not when inside []. (ZyX, Benjamin R. |
| 661 Haskell, 2010 Aug 24) | |
| 662 | |
| 663 Fail to edit file after failed register access. Error flag remains set? | |
| 664 (Lech Lorens, 2010 Aug 30) | |
| 665 | |
| 1624 | 666 Patch for redo register. (Ben Schmidt, 2007 Oct 19) |
| 667 Await response to question to make the register writable. | |
| 668 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
669 src/testdir/Make_dos.mak: not all tests are included, e.g., test49, without a |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
670 remark why. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
671 |
| 1624 | 672 Problem with 'ts' set to 9 and 'showbreak' to ">>>". (Matthew Winn, 2007 Oct |
| 673 1) | |
| 674 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
675 In the swapfile dialog, add a H(elp) option that gives more info about what |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
676 each choice does. Similar to ":help swap-exists-choices" |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
677 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
678 try/catch not working for argument of return. (Matt Wozniski, 2008 Sep 15) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
679 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
680 Recognize and ignore BOM in error file. (Aleksey Baibarin) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
681 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
682 ":tab help" always opens a new tab, while ":help" re-uses an existing window. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
683 Would be more consistent when an existing tab is re-used. (Tony Mechelynck) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
684 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
685 ":tab drop filename" doesn't work nicely when "filename" is open in a window |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
686 in another tab. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Feb 13) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
687 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
688 Add ":nofold". Range will apply without expanding to closed fold. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
689 |
| 1624 | 690 Including NFA regexp code: |
| 691 Use "\%#= to set the engine: 0 = automatic, 1 = backtracking, 2 = new. | |
| 692 Useful in tests. | |
| 693 Performance tests: | |
| 694 - ~/vim/test/veryslow.js (file from Daniel Fetchinson) | |
| 695 - ~/vim/test/slowsearch | |
| 696 - ~/vim/test/rgb.vim | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
697 - ~/vim/text/FeiqCfg.xml (file from Netjune) |
| 1624 | 698 - search for a.*e*exn in the vim executable. Go to last line to use |
| 699 'hlsearch'. | |
| 1125 | 700 |
| 701 Using Aap to build Vim: add remarks about how to set personal preferences. | |
| 702 Example on http://www.calmar.ws/tmp/aap.html | |
| 703 | |
| 1624 | 704 Syntax highlighting wrong for transparent region. (Doug Kearns, 2007 Feb 26) |
| 705 Bug in using a transparent syntax region. (Hanlen in vim-dev maillist, 2007 | |
| 706 Jul 31) | |
| 1125 | 707 |
| 708 C syntax: {} inside () causes following {} to be highlighted as error. | |
| 709 (Michalis Giannakidis, 2006 Jun 1) | |
| 710 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
711 Can't easily close the help window, like ":pc" closes the preview window and |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
712 ":ccl" closes the quickfix window. Add ":hclose". (Chris Gaal) |
| 2581 | 713 Patch for :helpclose, Christian Brabandt, 2010 Sep 6. |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
714 |
| 1624 | 715 When 'diffopt' has "context:0" a single deleted line causes two folds to merge |
| 716 and mess up syncing. (Austin Jennings, 2008 Jan 31) | |
| 717 | |
| 1125 | 718 Gnome improvements: Edward Catmur, 2007 Jan 7 |
| 719 Also use Save/Discard for other GUIs | |
| 720 | |
| 721 New PHP syntax file, use it? (Peter Hodge) | |
| 722 | |
| 723 'foldcolumn' in modeline applied to wrong window when using a session. (Teemu | |
| 724 Likonen, March 19) | |
| 725 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
726 Test 54 uses shell commands, that doesn't work on non-Unix systems. Use some |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
727 other way to test buffer-local autocommands. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
728 |
| 1698 | 729 The documentation mentions the priority for ":2match" and ":3match", but it |
| 730 appears the last one wins. (John Beckett, 2008 Jul 22) Caused by adding | |
| 731 matchadd()? Suggested patch by John, 2008 Jul 24. | |
| 732 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
733 When 'encoding' is utf-8 the command line is redrawn as a whole on every |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
734 character typed. (Tyler Spivey, 2008 Sep 3) Only redraw cmdline for |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
735 'arabicshape' when there is a character on the command line for which |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
736 (ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) is TRUE. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
737 |
| 1624 | 738 Cheng Fang made javacomplete. (2007 Aug 11) |
| 739 Asked about latest version: 0.77.1 is on www.vim.org. | |
| 1125 | 740 |
| 741 More AmigaOS4 patches. (Peter Bengtsson, Nov 9) | |
| 742 | |
| 2581 | 743 Amiga patches with vbcc. (Adrien Destugues, 2010 Aug 30) |
| 744 http://pulkomandy.ath.cx/drop/vim73_vbcc_amiga.diff | |
| 745 | |
| 1698 | 746 Insert mode completion: When editing the text and pressing CTRL-N again goes |
| 747 back to originally completed text, edited text is gone. (Peng Yu, 2008 Jul 24) | |
| 748 Suggestion by Ben Schmidt, 2008 Aug 6. | |
| 1624 | 749 |
| 750 Problem with compound words? (Bert, 2008 May 6) | |
| 751 No warning for when flags are defined after they are used in an affix. | |
| 752 | |
| 753 Screen redrawing when continuously updating the buffer and resizing the | |
| 754 terminal. (Yakov Lerner, 2006 Sept 7) | |
| 1125 | 755 |
| 756 Add option settings to help ftplugin. (David Eggum, 2006 Dec 18) | |
| 757 | |
| 1624 | 758 Autoconf problem: when checking for iconv library we may add -L/usr/local/lib, |
| 759 but when compiling further tests -liconv is added without the -L argument, | |
| 760 that may fail (e.g., sizeof(int)). (Blaine, 2007 Aug 21) | |
| 1125 | 761 |
| 762 When opening quickfix window, disable spell checking? | |
| 763 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
764 Problem with ".add" files when using two languages and restarting Vim. (Raul |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
765 Coronado, 2008 Oct 30) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
766 |
| 1624 | 767 Popup menu redraw: Instead of first redrawing the text and then drawing the |
| 768 popup menu over it, first draw the new popup menu, remember its position and | |
| 769 size and then redraw the text, skipping the characters under the popup menu. | |
| 770 This should avoid flicker. Other solution by A.Politz, 2007 Aug 22. | |
| 771 | |
| 1698 | 772 When the popup menu is close to the edge of the window it is truncated. Patch |
| 773 to anchor the popup menu in a different way. (James Vega, 2008 Jul 30) | |
| 774 | |
| 1226 | 775 Windows 98: pasting from the clipboard with text from another application has |
| 776 a trailing NUL. (Joachim Hofmann) Perhaps the length specified for CF_TEXT | |
| 777 isn't right? | |
| 778 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
779 When a register contains illegal bytes, writing viminfo in utf-8 and reading |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
780 it back doesn't result in utf-8. (Devin Bayer) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
781 |
| 1698 | 782 Command line completion: Scanning for tags doesn't check for typed key now and |
| 783 then? Hangs for about 5 seconds. Appears to be caused by finding include | |
| 784 files with "foo/**" in 'path'. (Kalisiak, 2006 July 15) | |
| 1668 | 785 Additional info: When using the |wildcards| ** globing, vim hangs |
| 786 indefinitely on lots of directories. The |file-searching| globing, like in | |
| 787 ":set path=/**" does not hang as often as with globing with |wildcards|, like | |
| 788 in ":1find /**/file". This is for a files that unix "find" can find very | |
| 789 quick. Merging the 2 kinds of globing might make this an easier fix. (Ian | |
| 790 Kelling, 2008 July 4) | |
| 1125 | 791 |
| 1624 | 792 When the file name has parenthesis, e.g., "foo (bar).txt", ":!ls '%'" has the |
| 793 parenthesis escaped but not the space. That's inconsistent. Either escape | |
| 794 neither or both. No escaping might be best, because it doesn't depend on | |
| 795 particularities of the shell. (Zvi Har'El, 2007 Nov 10) (Teemu Likonen, 2008 | |
| 796 Jun 3) | |
| 797 However, for backwards compatibility escaping might be necessary. Check if | |
| 798 the user put quotes around the expanded item? | |
| 1125 | 799 |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
800 Error E324 can be given when a cron script has wiped out our temp directory. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
801 Give a clear error message about this (and tell them not to wipe out /tmp). |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
802 |
| 1125 | 803 Color for cUserLabel should differ from case label, so that a mistake in a |
| 804 switch list is noticed: | |
| 805 switch (i) | |
| 806 { | |
| 807 case 1: | |
| 808 foobar: | |
| 809 } | |
| 810 | |
| 811 Look at http://www.gtk-server.org/ . It has a Vim script implementation. | |
| 812 | |
| 1624 | 813 Netbeans problem. Use "nc -l 127.0.0.1 55555" for the server, then run gvim |
| 814 with "gvim -nb:localhost:55555:foo". From nc do: '1:editFile!0 "foo"'. Then | |
| 815 go to Insert mode and add a few lines. Then backspacing every other time | |
| 816 moves the cursor instead of deleting. (Chris Kaiser, 2007 Sep 25) | |
| 817 | |
| 2439 | 818 Patch to use Modern UI 2.0 for the Nsis installer. (Guopeng Wen, 2010 Jul 30) |
| 819 | |
| 1125 | 820 Changes for Win32 makefile. (Mike Williams, 2007 Jan 22, Alexei Alexandrov, |
| 821 2007 Feb 8) | |
| 822 | |
| 823 Patch for Win32 clipboard under Cygwin. (Frodak Baksik, Feb 15) | |
| 824 Sutcliffe says it works well. | |
| 1624 | 825 Update 2007 May 22 for Vim 7.1 |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
826 Update 2008 Dec 2008 for Vim 7.2.xx (Sharonov) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
827 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
828 Win32: Can't complete shell command names. Why is setting xp_context in |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
829 set_one_cmd_context() inside #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME? |
| 1125 | 830 |
| 831 Win32: Patch for convert_filterW(). (Taro Muraoka, 2007 Mar 2) | |
| 832 | |
| 1624 | 833 Win32: Patch for cscope external command. (Mike Williams, 2007 Aug 7) |
| 834 | |
| 1125 | 835 Win32: XPM support only works with path without spaces. Patch by Mathias |
| 836 Michaelis, 2006 Jun 9. Another patch for more path names, 2006 May 31. | |
| 837 New version: http://members.tcnet.ch/michaelis/vim/patches.zip (also for other | |
| 838 patches by Mathias, see mail Feb 22) | |
| 839 | |
| 840 Win32: compiling with normal features and OLE fails. Patch by Mathias | |
| 841 Michaelis, 2006 Jun 4. | |
| 842 | |
| 843 Win32: echo doesn't work for gvim.exe.mnf. Use inline file. Patch by Mathias | |
| 844 Michaelis. http://groups.yahoo.com/group/vimdev/message/43765 | |
| 845 Patch that includes this and does more by George Reilly, 2007 Feb 12 | |
| 846 | |
| 847 Win16: include patches to make Win16 version work. (Vince Negri, 2006 May 22) | |
| 848 | |
| 849 Win32: after "[I" showing matches, scroll wheel messes up screen. (Tsakiridis, | |
| 850 2007 Feb 18) | |
| 1624 | 851 Patch by Alex Dobrynin, 2007 Jun 3. Also fixes other scroll wheel problems. |
| 1125 | 852 |
| 853 Win32: using CTRL-S in Insert mode doesn't remove the "+" from the tab pages | |
| 1702 | 854 label. (Tsakiridis, 2007 Feb 18) Patch from Ian Kelling, 2008 Aug 6. |
| 855 | |
| 1624 | 856 Win32: using "gvim --remote-tab-silent fname" sometimes gives an empty screen |
| 857 with the more prompt. Caused by setting the guitablabel? (Thomas Michael | |
| 858 Engelke, 2007 Dec 20 - 2008 Jan 17) | |
| 1125 | 859 |
| 860 Win64: Seek error in swap file for a very big file (3 Gbyte). Check storing | |
| 861 pointer in long and seek offset in 64 bit var. | |
| 862 | |
| 1624 | 863 Win32: patch for fullscreen mode. (Liushaolin, 2008 April 17) |
| 864 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
865 Win32: When 'shell' is cmd.exe this command fails: |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
866 echo system('"c:/path/echo.exe" "foo bar"') |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
867 Should we set the default for 'shellxquote' to a double quote, when 'shell' |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
868 contains "cmd" in the tail? (Benjamin Fritz, 2008 Oct 13) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
869 Also set 'shellcmdflag' to include /s. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
870 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
871 Win32: When there is 4 Gbyte of memory mch_avail_mem() doesn't work properly. |
|
2174
755eb92c5961
Move items around in the todo list.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
872 Unfinished patch by Jelle Geerts, 2008 Aug 24. |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
873 Let mch_avail_mem() return Kbyte instead? |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
874 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
875 Win32: When 'shell' is bash shellescape() doesn't always do the right thing. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
876 Depends on 'shellslash', 'shellquote' and 'shellxquote', but shellescape() |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
877 only takes 'shellslash' into account. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
878 |
| 1624 | 879 Pressing the 'pastetoggle' key doesn't update the statusline. (Jan Christoph |
| 880 Ebersbach, 2008 Feb 1) | |
| 881 | |
| 882 Menu item that does "xxd -r" doesn't work when 'fileencoding' is utf-16. | |
| 883 Check for this and use iconv? (Edward L. Fox, 2007 Sep 12) | |
| 884 Does the conversion in the other direction work when 'filenecodings' is set | |
| 885 properly? | |
| 886 | |
| 887 Cursor displayed in the wrong position when using 'numberwidth'. (James Vega, | |
| 888 2007 Jun 21) | |
| 889 | |
| 890 When $VAR contains a backslash expand('$VAR') removes it. (Teemu Likonen, 2008 | |
| 891 Jun 18) | |
| 892 | |
| 893 If the variable "g:x#y#z" exists completion after ":echo g:x#" doesn't work. | |
| 894 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
895 Feature request: Command to go to previous tab, like what CTRL-W p does for |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
896 windows. (Adam George) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
897 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
898 When using input() in a loop and then ":echo" the display column isn't right. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
899 (Benjamin Fritz, 2008 Aug 28) Patch by Ben Schmidt, 2008 Sep 2. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
900 |
| 1624 | 901 F1 - F4 in an xterm produce a different escape sequence when used with a |
| 902 modifier key. Need to catch three different sequences. Use K_ZF1, like | |
| 903 K_ZHOME? (Dickey, 2007 Dec 2) | |
| 1125 | 904 |
| 905 UTF-8: mapping a multi-byte key where the second byte is 0x80 doesn't appear | |
| 906 to work. (Tony Mechelynck, 2007 March 2) | |
| 907 | |
| 908 In debug mode, using CTRL-R = to evaluate a function causes stepping through | |
| 909 the function. (Hari Krishna Dara, 2006 Jun 28) | |
| 910 | |
| 911 C++ indenting wrong with "=". (James Kanze, 2007 Jan 26) | |
| 912 | |
| 913 ":lockvar" should use copyID to avoid endless loop. | |
| 914 | |
| 1624 | 915 When using --remote-silent and the file name matches 'wildignore' get an E479 |
| 1668 | 916 error. without --remote-silent it works fine. (Ben Fritz, 2008 Jun 20) |
| 1226 | 917 |
| 1125 | 918 Gvim: dialog for closing Vim should check if Vim is busy writing a file. Then |
| 919 use a different dialog: "busy saving, really quit? yes / no". | |
| 920 | |
| 921 Check other interfaces for changing curbuf in a wrong way. Patch like for | |
| 922 if_ruby.c. | |
| 923 | |
| 924 ":helpgrep" should use the directory from 'helpfile'. | |
| 925 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
926 Patch to dynamically load Python on Solaris. (Danek Duvall, 2009 Feb 16) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
927 Needs more work. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
928 |
| 2642 | 929 Python3 interface doesn't handle utf-8 correctly? (Nov 2010, lilydjwg) |
| 930 | |
| 1125 | 931 The need_fileinfo flag is messy. Instead make the message right away and put |
| 932 it in keep_msg? | |
| 933 | |
| 934 Editing a file remotely that matches 'wildignore' results in a "no match" | |
|
2174
755eb92c5961
Move items around in the todo list.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
935 error. Should only happen when there are wildcards, not when giving the file |
| 1125 | 936 name literally, and esp. if there is only one name. |
| 937 | |
| 874 | 938 Test 61 fails sometimes. This is a timing problem: "sleep 2" sometimes takes |
| 939 longer than 2 seconds. | |
| 857 | 940 |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
941 Using ":au CursorMoved * cmd" invokes mch_FullName(), which can be slow. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
942 Can this be avoided? (Thomas Waba, 2008 Aug 24) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
943 Also for ":w" without a file name. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
944 The buffer has the full path in ffname, should pass this to the autocommand. |
| 1624 | 945 |
| 946 "vim -C" often has 'nocompatible', because it's set in some startup script. | |
| 947 Set 'compatible' after startup is done? Patch by James Vega, 2008 Feb 7. | |
| 948 | |
| 1125 | 949 VMS: while editing a file found in complex, Vim will save file into the first |
| 950 directory of the path and not to the original location of the file. | |
| 951 (Zoltan Arpadffy) | |
| 952 | |
| 1624 | 953 VMS: VFC files are in some cases truncated during reading (Zoltan Arpadffy) |
| 954 | |
| 1125 | 955 input() completion should not insert a backslash to escape a space in a file |
| 956 name? | |
| 957 | |
| 958 Ruby completion is insecure. Can this be fixed? | |
| 959 | |
| 960 When 'backupskip' is set from $TEMP special characters need to be escaped. | |
| 961 (patch by Grembowietz, 2007 Feb 26, not quite right) | |
| 962 Another problem is that file_pat_to_reg_pat() doesn't recognize "\\", so "\\(" | |
| 963 will be seen as a path separator plus "\(". | |
| 964 | |
| 2072 | 965 gvim d:\path\path\(FILE).xml should not remove the \ before the (. |
| 966 This also fails with --remote. | |
| 967 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
968 When doing ":quit" the Netbeans "killed" event isn't sent. (Xavier de Gaye, |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
969 2008 Nov 10) call netbeans_file_closed() at the end of buf_freeall(), or in |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
970 all places where buf_freeall() is called? |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
971 |
| 1125 | 972 ":python os.chdir('/tmp')" makes short buffer names invalid. (Xavier de Gaye) |
| 973 Check directory and call shorten_fnames()? | |
| 974 | |
| 975 aucmd_prepbuf() should also use a window in another tab page. | |
| 976 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
977 When unloading a buffer in a BufHidden autocommand the hidden flag is reset? |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
978 (Bob Hiestand, 2008 Aug 26, Aug 27) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
979 |
| 1125 | 980 Substituting an area with a line break with almost the same area does change |
| 981 the Visual area. Can this be fixed? (James Vega, 2006 Sept 15) | |
| 982 | |
| 983 Windows installer could add a "open in new tab of existing Vim" menu entry. | |
| 1624 | 984 Gvimext: patch to add "Edit with single Vim &tabbed" menu entry. |
| 985 Just have two choices, always using one Vim and selecting between using an | |
| 986 argument list or opening each file in a separate tab. | |
| 1668 | 987 (Erik Falor, 2008 May 21, 2008 Jun 26) |
| 1125 | 988 |
| 989 GUI: When combining fg en bg make sure they are not equal. | |
| 990 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
991 Spell checking: Add a way to specify punctuation characters. Add the |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
992 superscript numbers by default: 0x2070, 0xb9, 0xb2, 0xb3, 0x2074 - 0x2079. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
993 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
994 Spell checking in popup menu: If the only problem is the case of the first |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
995 character, don't offer "ignore" and "add to word list". |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
996 |
| 1125 | 997 Use different pt_br dictionary for spell checking. (Jackson A. Aquino, 2006 |
| 998 Jun 5) | |
| 999 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1000 Use different romanian dictionary for spell checking. (Andrei Popescu, Nov |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1001 2008) Use http://downloads.sourceforge.net/rospell/ro_RO.3.2.zip |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1002 Or the hunspell-ro.3.2.tar.gz file, it also has a iso-8859-2 list. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1003 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1004 In a C file with spell checking, in "% integer" "nteger" is seen as an error, |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1005 but "]s" doesn't find it. "nteger" by itself is found. (Ralf Wildenhues, 2008 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1006 Jul 22) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1007 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1008 There should be something about spell checking in the user manual. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1009 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1010 Spell menu: When using the Popup menu to select a replacement word, |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1011 ":spellrepeat" doesn't work. SpellReplace() uses setline(). Can it use "z=" |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1012 somehow? Or use a new function. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1013 |
| 1125 | 1014 Mac: Using gvim: netrw window disappears. (Nick Lo, 2006 Jun 21) |
| 1015 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1016 Mac: OS/X 10.4 with Python 2.5 installed: configure finds an extra argument |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1017 that breaks the build. (Brian Victor, 2008 Sep 1) |
| 1698 | 1018 |
| 1125 | 1019 Add an option to specify the character to use when a double-width character is |
| 1020 moved to the next line. Default '>', set to a space to blank it out. Check | |
| 1021 that char is single width when it's set (compare with 'listchars'). | |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 The generated vim.bat can avoid the loop for NT. (Carl Zmola, 2006 Sep 3) | |
| 1024 | |
| 1025 Session file creation: 'autochdir' causes trouble. Keep it off until after | |
| 1026 loading all files. | |
| 1027 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1028 Win32: When 'autochdir' is on and 'encoding' is changed, files on the command |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1029 line are opened again, but from the wrong directory. Apply 'autochdir' only |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1030 after starting up? |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1031 |
| 2072 | 1032 When showing a diff between a non-existent file and an existing one, with the |
| 1624 | 1033 cursor in the empty buffer, the other buffer only shows the last line. Change |
| 1034 the "insert" into a change from one line to many? (Yakov Lerner, 2008 May 27) | |
| 1035 | |
| 1036 Add autocommand for when a tabpage is being closed. Also for when a tab page | |
| 1037 has been created. | |
| 1038 | |
| 1039 Using ":make" blocks Vim. Allow running one make in the background (if the | |
| 1040 shell supports it), catch errors in a file and update the error list on the | |
| 1041 fly. A bit like "!make > file&" and repeating ":cf file". ":bgmake", | |
| 1042 background make. ":bgcancel" interrupts it. | |
| 1043 A.Politz may work on this. | |
| 1125 | 1044 |
| 1045 These two abbreviations don't give the same result: | |
| 1046 let asdfasdf = "xyz\<Left>" | |
| 1047 cabbr XXX <C-R>=asdfasdf<CR> | |
| 1048 cabbr YYY xyz<Left> | |
| 1049 | |
| 1050 Michael Dietrich: maximized gvim sometimes displays output of external command | |
| 1051 partly. (2006 Dec 7) | |
| 1052 | |
| 1053 In FileChangedShell command it's no longer allowed to switch to another | |
| 1054 buffer. But the changed buffer may differ from the current buffer, how to | |
| 1055 reload it then? | |
| 1056 | |
| 1057 New syntax files for fstab and resolv from Radu Dineiu, David Necas did | |
| 1058 previous version. | |
| 1059 | |
| 1060 For Aap: include a config.arg.example file with hints how to use config.arg. | |
| 1061 | |
| 1624 | 1062 Command line completion when 'cmdheight' is maximum and 'wildmenu' is set, |
| 1063 only one buffer line displayed, causes display errors. | |
| 1064 | |
| 1065 Completing with 'wildmenu' and using <Up> and <Down> to move through directory | |
| 1066 tree stops unexpectedly when using ":cd " and entering a directory that | |
| 1067 doesn't contain other directories. | |
| 1068 | |
| 1125 | 1069 Linux distributions: |
| 1070 - Suggest compiling xterm with --enable-tcap-query, so that nr of colors is | |
| 1071 known to Vim. 88 colors instead of 16 works better. See ":help | |
| 1072 xfree-xterm". | |
| 1073 - Suggest including bare "vi" and "vim" with X11, syntax, etc. | |
| 1074 | |
| 1075 Completion menu: For a wrapping line, completing a long file name, only the | |
| 1076 start of the path is shown in the menu. Should move the menu to the right to | |
| 1077 show more text of the completions. Shorten the items that don't fit in the | |
| 1078 middle? | |
| 1079 | |
| 1080 When running inside screen it's possible to kill the X server and restart it | |
| 1698 | 1081 (using pty's the program can keep on running). Vim dies because it loses the |
| 1125 | 1082 connection to the X server. Can Vim simply quit using the X server instead of |
| 1083 dying? Also relevant when running in a console. | |
| 1084 | |
| 1085 Accessing file#var in a function should not need the g: prepended. | |
| 1086 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1087 When exiting detects a modified buffer, instead of opening the buffer in the |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1088 current tab, use an existing tab, if possible. Like finding a window where |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1089 the buffer is displayed. (Antonios Tsakiridis) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1090 |
| 1125 | 1091 When ":cn" moves to an error in the same line the message isn't shortened. |
| 1092 Only skip shortening for ":cc"? | |
| 1093 | |
| 1094 Write "making vim work better" for the docs (mostly pointers): *nice* | |
| 1095 - sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/vimrc_example.vim | |
| 1096 - setting 'mouse' to "a" | |
| 1097 - getting colors in xterm | |
| 1098 - compiling Vim with X11, GUI, etc. | |
| 1099 | |
| 1100 Problem with ":call" and dictionary function. Hari Krishna Dara, Charles | |
| 1101 Campbell 2006 Jul 06. | |
| 1102 | |
| 1103 Syntax HL error caused by "containedin". (Peter Hodge, 2006 Oct 6) | |
| 1104 | |
| 1624 | 1105 A custom completion function in a ":command" cannot be a Funcref. (Andy |
| 1106 Wokula, 2007 Aug 25) | |
| 1107 | |
| 1108 Problem with using :redir in user command completion function? (Hari Krishna | |
| 1109 Dara, 2006 June 21) | |
| 1110 | |
| 1125 | 1111 Another resizing problem when setting 'columns' and 'lines' to a very large |
| 1112 number. (Tony Mechelynck, 2007 Feb 6) | |
| 1113 | |
| 1114 After starting Vim, using '0 to jump somewhere in a file, ":sp" doesn't center | |
| 1115 the cursor line. It works OK after some other commands. | |
| 1116 | |
| 1117 Win32: Is it possible to have both postscript and Win32 printing? | |
| 1118 Does multi-byte printing with ":hardcopy" work? Add remark in documentation | |
| 1119 about this. | |
| 1120 | |
| 1121 Check: Running Vim in a console and still having connect to the X server for | |
| 1122 copy/paste: is stopping the X server handled gracefully? Should catch the X | |
| 1123 error and stop using the connection to the server. | |
| 1124 | |
| 1125 Problem with 'cdpath' on MS-Windows when a directory is equal to $HOME. (2006 | |
| 1126 Jul 26, Gary Johnson) | |
| 1127 | |
|
2174
755eb92c5961
Move items around in the todo list.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1128 Using UTF-8 character with ":command" does not work properly. (Matt Wozniski, |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1129 2008 Sep 29) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1130 |
| 1125 | 1131 In the Netbeans interface add a "vimeval" function, so that the other side can |
| 1132 check the result of has("patch13"). | |
| 1133 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1134 Cursor line at bottom of window instead of halfway after saving view and |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1135 restoring. Only with 'nowrap'. (Robert Webb, 2008 Aug 25) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1136 |
| 1125 | 1137 Add command modifier that skips wildcard expansion, so that you don't need to |
| 1138 put backslashes before special chars, only for white space. | |
| 1139 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1140 Syntax HL: open two windows on the same C code, delete a ")" in one window, |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1141 resulting in highlighted "{" in that window, not in the other. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1142 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1143 In mswin.vim: Instead of mapping <C-V> for Insert mode in a complicated way, |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1144 can it be done like ":imap <C-V> <MiddleMouse>" without negative side effects? |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1145 |
| 1624 | 1146 GTK: when the Tab pages bar appears or disappears while the window is |
| 1147 maximized the window is no longer maximized. Patch that has some idea but | |
| 1148 doesn't work from Geoffrey Antos, 2008 May 5. | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1149 Also: the window may no longer fit on the screen, thus the command line is not |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1150 visible. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1151 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1152 GTK: when setting 'columns' in a startup script and doing ":vertical diffsplit" |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1153 the window isn't redrawn properly, see two vertical bars. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1154 |
| 1125 | 1155 The magic clipboard format "VimClipboard2" appears in several places. Should |
| 1156 be only one. | |
| 1157 | |
| 1624 | 1158 "vim -C" often has 'nocompatible', because it's set somewhere in a startup |
| 1159 script. Do "set compatible" after startup? | |
| 1160 | |
| 1125 | 1161 It's difficult to debug numbered functions (function in a Dictionary). Print |
| 1162 the function name before resolving it to a number? | |
| 1163 let d = {} | |
| 1164 fun! d.foo() | |
| 1165 echo "here" | |
| 1166 endfun | |
| 1167 call d.foo(9) | |
| 1168 | |
| 1169 Add a mark for the other end of the Visual area (VIsual pos). '< and '> are | |
| 1170 only set after Visual moded is ended. | |
| 1624 | 1171 Also add a variable for the Visual mode. So that this mode and '< '> can be |
| 1172 used to set what "gv" selects. (Ben Schmidt) | |
| 1173 | |
| 1174 Win32: When running ":make" and 'encoding' differs from the system locale, the | |
| 1175 output should be converted. Esp. when 'encoding' is "utf-8". (Yongwei Wu) | |
| 1176 Should we use 'termencoding' for this? | |
| 1177 | |
|
2283
7e1bd501306d
Mainly documentation updates.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2282
diff
changeset
|
1178 Win32, NTFS: When editing a specific infostream directly and 'backupcopy' is |
| 1624 | 1179 "auto" should detect this situation and work like 'backupcopy' is "yes". File |
| 1180 name is something like "c:\path\foo.txt:bar", includes a colon. (Alex | |
| 1181 Jakushev, 2008 Feb 1) | |
| 1125 | 1182 |
| 1183 Small problem displaying diff filler line when opening windows with a script. | |
| 1184 (David Luyer, 2007 Mar 1 ~/Mail/oldmail/mool/in.15872 ) | |
| 1185 | |
| 1186 Is it allowed that 'backupext' is empty? Problems when backup is in same dir | |
| 1187 as original file? If it's OK don't compare with 'patchmode'. (Thierry Closen) | |
| 1188 | |
| 1189 Patch for supporting count before CR in quickfix window. (AOYAMA Shotaro, 2007 | |
| 1190 Jan 1) | |
| 1191 | |
| 1624 | 1192 Patch for adding ":lscscope". (Navdeep Parhar, 2007 Apr 26; update 2008 Apr |
| 1193 23) | |
| 1194 | |
| 1195 ":mkview" isn't called with the right buffer argument. Happens when using | |
| 1196 tabs and the autocommand "autocmd BufWinLeave * mkview". (James Vega, 2007 | |
| 1197 Jun 18) | |
| 1125 | 1198 |
| 1199 xterm should be able to pass focus changes to Vim, so that Vim can check for | |
| 1200 buffers that changed. Perhaps in misc.c, function selectwindow(). | |
| 1201 Xterm 224 supports it! | |
| 1202 | |
| 1203 When completing from another file that uses a different encoding completion | |
| 1204 text has the wrong encoding. E.g., when 'encoding' is utf-8 and file is | |
| 1205 latin1. Example from Gombault Damien, 2007 Mar 24. | |
| 1206 | |
| 1624 | 1207 Is it possible to use "foo#var" instead of "g:foo#var" inside a function? |
| 1208 | |
| 1209 Syntax HL: When using "nextgroup" and the group has an empty match, there is | |
| 1210 no search at that position for another match. (Lukas Mai, 2008 April 11) | |
| 1211 | |
| 1212 In gvim the backspace key produces a backspace character, but on Linux the | |
| 1213 VERASE key is Delete. Set VERASE to Backspace? (patch by Stephane Chazelas, | |
| 1214 2007 Oct 16) | |
| 1215 | |
| 1668 | 1216 When entering a C /* comment, after typing <Enter> for 70 times the indent |
| 1217 disappears. (Vincent Beffara, 2008 Jul 3) | |
| 1218 | |
| 1624 | 1219 TermResponse autocommand isn't always triggered when using vimdiff. (Aron |
| 1220 Griffis, 2007 Sep 19) | |
| 1221 | |
| 1222 Create a gvimtutor.1 file and change Makefiles to install it. | |
| 1223 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1224 When 'encoding' is utf-8 typing text at the end of the line causes previously |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1225 typed characters to be redrawn. Caused by patch 7.1.329. (Tyler Spivey, 2008 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1226 Sep 3, 11) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1227 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1228 When Vim in an xterm owns the selection and the user does ":shell" Vim doesn't |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1229 respond to selection requests. Invoking XtDisownSelection() before executing |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1230 the shell doesn't help. Would require forking and doing a message loop, like |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1231 what happens for the GUI. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1232 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1233 X11: Putting more than about 262040 characters of text on the clipboard and |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1234 pasting it in another Vim doesn't work. (Dominique Pelle, 2008 Aug 21-23) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1235 clip_x11_request_selection_cb() is called with zero value and length. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1236 Also: Get an error message from free() in the process that owns the selection. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1237 Seems to happen when the selection is requested the second time, but before |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1238 clip_x11_convert_selection_cb() is invoked, thus in X library code. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1239 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1240 ":vimgrep" does not recognize a recursive symlink. Is it possible to detect |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1241 this, at least for Unix (using device/inode)? |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1242 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1243 When switching between windows the cursor is often put in the middle. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1244 Remember the relative position and restore that, just like lnum and col are |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1245 restored. (Luc St-Louis) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1246 |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
1247 Patch to support horizontal scroll wheel in GTK. Untested. (Bjorn Winckler, |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
1248 2010 Jun 30) |
| 1125 | 1249 |
| 1250 | |
| 1624 | 1251 More patches: |
|
2319
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2318
diff
changeset
|
1252 - Another patch for Javascript indenting. (Hari Kumar, 2010 Jul 11) |
|
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2318
diff
changeset
|
1253 Needs a few tests. |
| 1125 | 1254 - Add 'cscopeignorecase' option. (Liang Wenzhi, 2006 Sept 3) |
| 1255 - Argument for feedkeys() to prepend to typeahead (Yakov Lerner, 2006 Oct | |
| 1256 21) | |
| 1257 - Load intl.dll too, not only libintl.dll. (Mike Williams, 2006 May 9, docs | |
| 1258 patch May 10) | |
| 1259 - Extra argument to strtrans() to translate special keys to their name (Eric | |
| 1260 Arnold, 2006 May 22) | |
| 1261 - 'threglookexp' option: only match with first word in thesaurus file. | |
| 1262 (Jakson A. Aquino, 2006 Jun 14) | |
| 1263 - Mac: indicate whether a buffer was modified. (Nicolas Weber, 2006 Jun 30) | |
| 1264 - Allow negative 'nrwidth' for left aligning. (Nathan Laredo, 2006 Aug 16) | |
| 1265 - ml_append_string(): efficiently append to an existing line. (Brad | |
| 1266 Beveridge, 2006 Aug 26) Use in some situations, e.g., when pasting a | |
| 1267 character at a time? | |
| 1268 - recognize hex numbers better. (Mark Manning, 2006 Sep 13) | |
| 1698 | 1269 - Add <AbbrExpand> key, to expand an abbreviation in a mapping. (Kana |
| 1270 Natsuno, 2008 Jul 17) | |
| 1271 - Add 'wspara' option, also accept blank lines like empty lines for "{" and | |
| 1272 "}". (Mark Lundquist, 2008 Jul 18) | |
| 1273 - Patch to add CTRL-T to delete part of a path on cmdline. (Adek, 2008 Jul | |
| 1274 21) | |
| 1275 - Instead of creating a copy of the tutor in all the shell scripts, do it in | |
| 1276 vimtutor.vim. (Jan Minar, 2008 Jul 20) | |
| 1277 - When fsync() fails there is no hint about what went wrong. Patch by Ben | |
| 1278 Schmidt, 2008 Jul 22. | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1279 - testdir/Make_dos_sh.mak for running tests with MingW. (Bill Mccarthy, 2008 |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1280 Sep 13) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1281 - Patch for adding "space" item in 'listchars'. (Jérémie Roquet, 2009 Oct 29, |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1282 Docs patch Oct 30) |
|
2319
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2318
diff
changeset
|
1283 - Replace ccomplete.vim by cppcomplete.vim from www.vim.org? script 1520 by |
|
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2318
diff
changeset
|
1284 Vissale Neang. (Martin Stubenschrott) Asked Vissale to make the scripts |
|
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2318
diff
changeset
|
1285 more friendly for the Vim distribution. |
|
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2318
diff
changeset
|
1286 New version received 2008 Jan 6. |
|
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2318
diff
changeset
|
1287 No maintenance in two years... |
|
2343
0703d2fd5749
Last few changes for the 7.3a BETA release.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2342
diff
changeset
|
1288 - Patch to access screen under Python. (Marko Mahni, 2010 Jul 18) |
| 2479 | 1289 - Patch to open dropped files in new tabs. (Michael Trim, 2010 Aug 3) |
| 857 | 1290 |
| 40 | 1291 Awaiting updated patches: |
| 842 | 1292 9 Mac unicode patch (Da Woon Jung, Eckehard Berns): |
| 1293 8 Add patch from Muraoka Taro (Mar 16) to support input method on Mac? | |
| 1294 New patch 2004 Jun 16 | |
| 1295 - selecting proportional font breaks display | |
| 1296 - UTF-8 text causes display problems. Font replacement causes this. | |
| 1297 - Command-key mappings do not work. (Alan Schmitt) | |
| 1298 - With 'nopaste' pasting is wrong, with 'paste' Command-V doesn't work. | |
| 1299 (Alan Schmitt) | |
| 1300 - remove 'macatsui' option when this has been fixed. | |
| 1125 | 1301 - when 'macatsui' is off should we always convert to "macroman" and ignore |
| 1302 'termencoding'? | |
| 800 | 1303 9 HTML indenting can be slow. Caused by using searchpair(). Can search() |
| 1624 | 1304 be used instead? A.Politz is looking into a solution. |
| 844 | 1305 8 Win32: Add minidump generation. (George Reilly, 2006 Apr 24) |
| 713 | 1306 8 Add ":n" to fnamemodify(): normalize path, remove "../" when possible. |
| 856 | 1307 Aric Blumer has a patch for this. He will update the patch for 6.3. |
| 713 | 1308 7 Completion of network shares, patch by Yasuhiro Matsumoto. |
| 1309 Update 2004 Sep 6. | |
| 1310 How does this work? Missing comments. | |
| 1311 - Patch for 'breakindent' option: repeat indent for wrapped line. (Vaclav | |
| 1624 | 1312 Smilauer, 2004 Sep 13, fix Oct 31, update 2007 May 30) |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1313 Version for latest MacVim: Tobia Conforto, 2009 Nov 23 |
| 713 | 1314 8 Add a few more command names to the menus. Patch from Jiri Brezina |
| 832 | 1315 (28 feb 2002). Will mess the translations... |
| 713 | 1316 7 ATTENTION dialog choices are more logical when "Delete it' appears |
| 1317 before "Quit". Patch by Robert Webb, 2004 May 3. | |
| 1318 - Include flipcase patch: ~/vim/patches/wall.flipcase2 ? Make it work | |
| 1319 for multi-byte characters. | |
| 1320 - Win32: add options to print dialog. Patch from Vipin Aravind. | |
| 1321 - Patch to add highlighting for whitespace. (Tom Schumm, 2003 Jul 5) | |
| 1322 use the patch that keeps using HLF_8 if HLF_WS has not | |
| 1323 been given values. | |
| 1324 Add section in help files for these highlight groups? | |
| 1325 8 "fg" and "bg" don't work in an xterm. Get default colors from xterm | |
| 827 | 1326 with an ESC sequence. |
| 1327 xterm can send colors for many things. E.g. for the cursor: | |
| 1328 <Esc>]12;?<Bel> | |
| 1329 Can use this to get the background color and restore the colors on exit. | |
| 713 | 1330 7 Add "DefaultFG" and "DefaultBG" for the colors of the menu. (Marcin |
| 1331 Dalecki has a patch for Motif and Carbon) | |
| 1332 - Add possibility to highlight specific columns (for Fortran). Or put a | |
| 1333 line in between columns (e.g., for 'textwidth'). | |
| 1334 Patch to add 'hlcolumn' from Vit Stradal, 2004 May 20. | |
| 1335 8 Add functions: | |
| 1336 gettext() Translate a message. (Patch from Yasuhiro Matsumoto) | |
| 40 | 1337 Update 2004 Sep 10 |
| 557 | 1338 Another patch from Edward L. Fox (2005 Nov 24) |
| 1339 Search in 'runtimepath'? | |
| 832 | 1340 More docs needed about how to use this. |
| 40 | 1341 How to get the messages into the .po files? |
|
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2330
diff
changeset
|
1342 strchars() Like strlen() and strwidth() but counting characters |
|
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2330
diff
changeset
|
1343 instead of bytes. |
| 713 | 1344 confirm() add "flags" argument, with 'v' for vertical |
| 1345 layout and 'c' for console dialog. (Haegg) | |
| 1346 Flemming Madsen has a patch for the 'c' flag | |
| 1347 (2003 May 13) | |
| 1348 raisewin() raise gvim window (see HierAssist patch for | |
| 1349 Tcl implementation ~/vim/HierAssist/ ) | |
| 1125 | 1350 taglist() add argument to specify maximum number of matches. |
| 1351 useful for interactive things or completion. | |
| 1624 | 1352 col('^') column of first non-white character. |
| 1353 Can use "len(substitute(getline('.'), '\S.*', '', '')) | |
| 1354 + 1", but that's ugly. | |
| 713 | 1355 7 Add patch from Benoit Cerrina to integrate Vim and Perl functions |
| 1356 better. Now also works for Ruby (2001 Nov 10) | |
| 1357 - Patch from Herculano de Lima Einloft Neto for better formatting of the | |
| 1358 quickfix window (2004 dec 2) | |
| 1359 7 When 'rightleft' is set, the search pattern should be displayed right | |
| 1360 to left as well? See patch of Dec 26. (Nadim Shaikli) | |
| 832 | 1361 8 Option to lock all used memory so that it doesn't get swapped to disk |
| 1362 (uncrypted). Patch by Jason Holt, 2003 May 23. Uses mlock. | |
| 713 | 1363 7 Add ! register, for shell commands. (patch from Grenie) |
| 1364 8 In the gzip plugin, also recognize *.gz.orig, *.gz.bak, etc. Like it's | |
| 1365 done for filetype detection. Patch from Walter Briscoe, 2003 Jul 1. | |
| 1366 7 Add a "-@ filelist" argument: read file names from a file. (David | |
| 1367 Kotchan has a patch for it) | |
| 1368 8 Include a connection to an external program through a pipe? See | |
| 1369 patches from Felbinger for a mathematica interface. | |
| 1370 Or use emacs server kind of thing? | |
| 1371 7 Add ":justify" command. Patch from Vit Stradal 2002 Nov 25. | |
| 1372 - findmatch() should be adjusted for Lisp. See remark at | |
| 1373 get_lisp_indent(). Esp. \( and \) should be skipped. (Dorai Sitaram, | |
| 1374 incomplete patch Mar 18) | |
| 1375 - For GUI Find/Replace dialog support using a regexp. Patch for Motif | |
| 1376 and GTK by degreneir (nov 10 and nov 18). | |
| 1377 - Patch for "paranoid mode" by Kevin Collins, March 7. Needs much more work. | |
| 70 | 1378 |
| 1379 | |
| 7 | 1380 Vi incompatibility: |
| 713 | 1381 - Try new POSIX tests, made after my comments. (Geoff Clare, 2005 April 7) |
| 1382 Version 1.5 is in ~/src/posix/1.5. (Lynne Canal) | |
| 7 | 1383 8 With undo/redo only marks in the changed lines should be changed. Other |
| 1384 marks should be kept. Vi keeps each mark at the same text, even when it | |
| 1385 is deleted or restored. (Webb) | |
| 1386 Also: A mark is lost after: make change, undo, redo and undo. | |
| 1387 Example: "{d''" then "u" then "d''": deletes an extra line, because the '' | |
| 1388 position is one line down. (Veselinovic) | |
| 1389 8 When stdin is not a tty, and Vim reads commands from it, an error should | |
| 1390 make Vim exit. | |
| 1391 7 Unix Vim (not gvim): Typing CTRL-C in Ex mode should finish the line | |
| 1392 (currently you can continue typing, but it's truncated later anyway). | |
| 1393 Requires a way to make CTRL-C interrupt select() when in cooked input. | |
| 1394 8 When loading a file in the .exrc, Vi loads the argument anyway. Vim skips | |
| 1395 loading the argument if there is a file already. When no file argument | |
| 1396 given, Vi starts with an empty buffer, Vim keeps the loaded file. (Bearded) | |
| 1397 6 In Insert mode, when using <BS> or <Del>, don't wipe out the text, but | |
| 1398 only move back the cursor. Behaves like '$' in 'cpoptions'. Use a flag | |
| 1399 in 'cpoptions' to switch this on/off. | |
| 1400 8 When editing a file which is a symbolic link, and then opening another | |
| 1401 symbolic link on the same file, Vim uses the name of the first one. | |
| 1402 Adjust the file name in the buffer to the last one used? Use several file | |
| 1403 names in one buffer??? | |
| 1404 Also: When first editing file "test", which is symlink to "test2", and | |
| 1405 then editing "test2", you end up editing buffer "test" again. It's not | |
| 1406 logical that the name that was first used sticks with the buffer. | |
| 1407 7 The ":undo" command works differently in Ex mode. Edit a file, make some | |
| 1408 changes, "Q", "undo" and _all_ changes are undone, like the ":visual" | |
| 1409 command was one command. | |
| 321 | 1410 On the other hand, an ":undo" command in an Ex script only undoes the last |
| 1411 change (e.g., use two :append commands, then :undo). | |
| 7 | 1412 7 The ":map" command output overwrites the command. Perhaps it should keep |
| 1413 the ":map" when it's used without arguments? | |
| 1414 7 CTRL-L is not the end of a section? It is for Posix! Make it an option. | |
| 1415 7 Implement 'prompt' option. Init to off when stdin is not a tty. | |
| 1416 7 CTRL-T in Insert mode inserts 'shiftwidth' of spaces at the cursor. Add a | |
| 1417 flag in 'cpoptions' for this. | |
| 1418 7 Add a way to send an email for a crashed edit session. Create a file when | |
| 1419 making changes (containing name of the swap file), delete it when writing | |
| 1420 the file. Supply a program that can check for crashed sessions (either | |
| 1421 all, for a system startup, or for one user, for in a .login file). | |
| 1422 7 Vi doesn't do autoindenting when input is not from a tty (in Ex mode). | |
| 1423 7 "z3<CR>" should still use the whole window, but only redisplay 3 lines. | |
| 1424 7 ":tag xx" should move the cursor to the first non-blank. Or should it go | |
| 1425 to the match with the tag? Option? | |
| 1426 7 Implement 'autoprint'/'ap' option. | |
| 1427 7 Add flag in 'cpoptions' that makes <BS> after a count work like <Del> | |
| 1428 (Sayre). | |
| 1429 7 Add flag in 'cpoptions' that makes operator (yank, filter) not move the | |
| 1430 cursor, at least when cancelled. (default Vi compatible). | |
| 1431 7 This Vi-trick doesn't work: "Q" to go to Ex mode, then "g/pattern/visual". | |
| 1432 In Vi you can edit in visual mode, and when doing "Q" you jump to the next | |
| 1433 match. Nvi can do it too. | |
| 1434 7 Support '\' for line continuation in Ex mode for these commands: (Luebking) | |
| 1435 g/./a\ g/pattern1/ s/pattern2/rep1\\ | |
| 1436 line 1\ line 2\\ | |
| 1437 line 2\ line 3\\ | |
| 1438 . line4/ | |
| 1439 6 ":e /tmp/$tty" doesn't work. ":e $uid" does. Is $tty not set because of | |
| 1440 the way the shell is started? | |
| 1441 6 Vi compatibility (optional): make "ia<CR><ESC>10." do the same strange | |
| 1442 thing. (only repeat insert for the first line). | |
| 1443 | |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 GTK+ GUI known bugs: | |
| 713 | 1446 9 Crash with X command server over ssh. (Ciaran McCreesh, 2006 Feb 6) |
| 7 | 1447 8 GTK 2: Combining UTF-8 characters not displayed properly in menus (Mikolaj |
| 1448 Machowski) They are displayed as separate characters. Problem in | |
| 1449 creating a label? | |
| 497 | 1450 8 GTK 2: Combining UTF-8 characters are sometimes not drawn properly. |
| 1451 Depends on the font size, "monospace 13" has the problem. Vim seems to do | |
| 1452 everything right, must be a GTK bug. Is there a way to work around it? | |
| 7 | 1453 9 Can't paste a Visual selection from GTK-gvim to vim in xterm or Motif gvim |
| 1454 when it is longer than 4000 characters. Works OK from gvim to gvim and | |
| 1455 vim to vim. Pasting through xterm (using the shift key) also works. | |
| 1456 It starts working after GTK gvim loses the selection and gains it again. | |
| 795 | 1457 - Gnome2: When moving the toolbar out of the dock, so that it becomes |
| 1458 floating, it can no longer be moved. Therefore making it float has been | |
| 1459 blocked for now. | |
| 1460 | |
| 7 | 1461 |
| 1462 Win32 GUI known bugs: | |
| 713 | 1463 - Win32: tearoff menu window should have a scrollbar when it's taller than |
| 1464 the screen. | |
| 1125 | 1465 8 non-ASCII font names don't work. Need to convert from 'encoding' and use |
| 1466 the wide functions. | |
| 7 | 1467 8 On Windows 98 the unicows library is needed to support functions with UCS2 |
| 1468 file names. Can we load unicows.dll dynamically? | |
| 2581 | 1469 8 Win32: With two monitors, gvim partly on both, and adding/removing a |
| 1470 scrollbar Vim resizes and moves to one of the monitors. (Chris Monkiewicz, | |
| 1471 2008 Oct) | |
| 874 | 1472 8 When the primary monitor is below or right of the secondary monitor and |
| 1473 Vim is on the secondary monitor it will often move to the primary monitor. | |
| 1474 Window position coordinates can be negative. (James Harvey) | |
| 2581 | 1475 When the primary monitor is on the right, coordinates on the left monitor |
| 1476 are negative. Clamping to zero means gvim jups to the primary monitor. | |
| 1477 (Michael Wookey, 2010 Aug 17) | |
| 1478 Probably the same issue: When the GUI tab pages line is displayed Vim | |
| 1479 jumps from the secondary to the primary monitor. (Afton Lewis, 2007 Mar 9) | |
| 1480 Possible solution using GetSystemMetrics() (Sergey Khorev, 2010 Aug 18) | |
| 7 | 1481 8 The -P argument doesn't work very well with many MDI applications. |
| 1482 The last argument of CreateWindowEx() should be used, see MSDN docs. | |
| 1483 Tutorial: http://win32assembly.online.fr/tut32.html | |
| 1484 8 In eval.c, io.h is included when MSWIN32 is defined. Shouldn't this be | |
| 1485 WIN32? Or can including io.h be moved to vim.h? (Dan Sharp) | |
| 1486 7 Windows XP: When using "ClearType" for text smoothing, a column of yellow | |
| 1487 pixels remains when typing spaces in front of a "D" ('guifont' set to | |
| 1488 "lucida_console:h8"). | |
| 1489 6 Win32 GUI: With "-u NONE -U NONE" and doing "CTRL-W v" "CTRL-W o", the ":" | |
| 1490 of ":only" is highlighted like the cursor. (Lipelis) | |
| 22 | 1491 8 When 'encoding' is "utf-8", should use 'guifont' for both normal and wide |
| 1492 characters to make Asian languages work. Win32 fonts contain both | |
| 1493 type of characters. | |
| 7 | 1494 7 When font smoothing is enabled, redrawing can become very slow. The reason |
| 1495 appears to be drawing with a transparent background. Would it be possible | |
| 1496 to use an opaque background in most places? | |
| 1497 8 Use another default for 'termencoding': the active codepage. Means that | |
| 1498 when 'encoding' is changed typing characters still works properly. | |
| 1499 Alternative: use the Unicode functions to obtain typed characters. | |
| 1500 8 Win32: Multi-byte characters are not displayed, even though the same font | |
| 1501 in Notepad can display them. (Srinath Avadhanula) Try with the | |
| 1502 UTF-8-demo.txt page with Andale Mono. | |
| 1503 7 The cursor color indicating IME mode doesn't work properly. (Shizhu Pan, | |
| 1504 2004 May 9) | |
| 1505 8 Win32: When clicking on the gvim title bar, which gives it focus, produces | |
| 1506 a file-changed dialog, after clicking on a button in that dialog the gvim | |
| 1507 window follows the mouse. The button-up event is lost. Only with | |
| 1508 MS-Windows 98? | |
| 1509 Try this: ":set sw ts", get enter-prompt, then change the file in a | |
| 1510 console, go back to Vim and click "reload" in the dialog for the changed | |
| 1511 file: Window moves with the cursor! | |
| 1512 Put focus event in input buffer and let generic Vim code handle it? | |
| 1513 8 Win32: When mouse is hidden and in the toolbar, moving it won't make it | |
| 1514 appear. (Sami Salonen) | |
| 1515 8 Win32 GUI: With maximized window, ":set go-=r" doesn't use the space that | |
| 1516 comes available. (Poucet) It works OK on Win 98 but doesn't work on Win | |
| 1517 NT 4.0. Leaves a grey area where the scrollbar was. ":set go+=r" also | |
| 1518 doesn't work properly. | |
| 1519 8 When Vim is minimized and when maximizing it a file-changed dialog pops | |
| 1520 up, Vim isn't maximized. It should be done before the dialog, so that it | |
| 1521 appears in the right position. (Webb) | |
| 1522 9 When selecting at the more-prompt or hit-enter-prompt, the right mouse | |
| 1523 button doesn't give popup menu. | |
| 1524 At the hit-enter prompt CTRL-Y doesn't work to copy the modeless | |
| 1525 selection. | |
| 1526 On the command line, don't get a popup menu for the right mouse button. | |
| 1527 Let the middle button paste selected text (not the clipboard but the | |
| 1528 non-Visual selection)? Otherwise CTRL-Y has to be used to copy the text. | |
| 1529 8 When 'grepprg' doesn't execute, the error only flashes by, the | |
| 1530 user can hardly see what is wrong. (Moore) | |
| 1531 Could use vimrun with an "-nowait" argument to only wait when an error | |
| 1532 occurs, but "command.com" doesn't return an error code. | |
| 1533 8 When the 'shell' cannot be executed, should give an appropriate error msg. | |
| 1534 Esp. for a filter command, currently it only complains the file could not | |
| 1535 be read. | |
| 1536 7 Add an option to add one pixel column to the character width? Lucida | |
| 1537 Console italic is wider than the normal font ("d" overlaps with next char). | |
| 1538 Opposite of 'linespace': 'columnspace'. | |
| 1539 7 At the hit-enter prompt scrolling now no longer works. Need to use the | |
| 1540 keyboard to get around this. Pretend <CR> was hit when the user tries to | |
| 533 | 1541 scroll? |
| 7 | 1542 7 Scrollbar width doesn't change when selecting other windows appearance. |
| 1543 Also background color of Toolbar and rectangle below vert. scrollbar. | |
| 1544 7 "!start /min cmd" should run in a minimized window, instead of using | |
| 1545 "/min" as the command name. (Rogall) | |
| 1546 6 Drawing text transparently doesn't seem to work (when drawing part cursor). | |
| 1547 8 CTRL key doesn't always work in combination with ALT key. It does work | |
| 1548 for function keys, not for alphabetic characters. Perhaps this is because | |
| 1549 CTRL-ALT is used by Windows as AltGr? | |
| 1550 8 CTRL-- doesn't work for AZERTY, because it's CTRL-[ for QWERTY. How do we | |
| 1551 know which keyboard is being used? | |
| 1552 7 When scrolling, and a background color is dithered, the dither pattern | |
| 1553 doesn't always join correctly between the scrolled area and the new drawn | |
| 1554 area (Koloseike). | |
| 1555 8 When gui_init_font() is called with "*", p_guifont is freed while it might | |
| 1556 still be used somewhere. This is too tricky, do the font selection first, | |
| 1557 then set the new font by name (requires putting all logfont parameters in | |
| 1558 the font name). | |
| 1559 | |
| 1560 | |
| 1561 Athena and Motif: | |
| 169 | 1562 6 New Motif toolbar button from Marcin Dalecki: |
| 1563 - When the mouse pointer is over an Agide button the red becomes black. | |
| 1564 Something with the way colors are specified in the .xpm file. | |
| 1565 - The pixmap is two pixels smaller than it should be. The gap is filled | |
| 1566 with grey instead of the current toolbar background color. | |
| 7 | 1567 9 Can configure be changed to disable netbeans if the Xpm library is |
| 1568 required and it's missing? | |
| 1569 8 When using the resource "Vim*borderwidth 2" the widgets are positioned | |
| 1570 wrong. | |
| 1571 9 XIM is disabled by default for SGI/IRIX. Fix XIM so that 'imdisable' can | |
| 1572 be off by default. | |
| 237 | 1573 9 XIM doesn't work properly for Athena/Motif. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto) For now, |
| 7 | 1574 keep XIM active at all times when the input method has the preediting |
| 1575 flag. | |
| 1576 8 X11: A menu that contains an umlaut is truncated at that character. | |
| 1577 Happens when the locale is "C", which uses ASCII instead of IS0-8859-1. | |
| 1578 Is there a way to use latin1 by default? Gnome_init() seems to do this. | |
| 1579 8 Perhaps use fontsets for everything? | |
| 1580 6 When starting in English and switching the language to Japanese, setting | |
| 1581 the locale with ":lang", 'guifontset' and "hi menu font=", deleting all | |
| 1582 menus and setting them again, the menus don't use the new font. Most of | |
| 1583 the tooltips work though... | |
| 1584 7 Motif: when using a file selection dialog, the specified file name is not | |
| 1585 always used (when specifying a filter or another directory). | |
| 1586 8 When 'encoding' is different from the current locale (e.g., utf-8) the | |
| 1587 menu strings don't work. Requires conversion from 'encoding' to the | |
| 1588 current locale. Workaround: set 'langmenu'. | |
| 1589 | |
| 1590 | |
| 1591 Athena GUI: | |
| 2642 | 1592 9 The first event for any button in the menu or toolbar appears to get lost. |
| 1593 The second click on a menu does work. | |
| 7 | 1594 9 When dragging the scrollbar thumb very fast, focus is only obtained in |
| 1595 the scrollbar itself. And the thumb is no longer updated when moving | |
| 1596 through files. | |
| 1597 7 The file selector is not resizable. With a big font it is difficult to | |
| 1598 read long file names. (Schroeder) | |
| 1599 4 Re-write the widget attachments and code so that we will not have to go | |
| 1600 through and calculate the absolute position of every widget every time the | |
| 1601 window is refreshed/changes size. This will help the "flashing-widgets" | |
| 1602 problem during a refresh. | |
| 1603 5 When starting gvim with all the default colors and then typing | |
| 1604 ":hi Menu guibg=cyan", the menus change color but the background of the | |
| 1605 pullright pixmap doesn't change colors. | |
| 1606 If you type ":hi Menu guibg=cyan font=anyfont", then the pixmap changes | |
| 1607 colors as it should. | |
| 1608 Allocating a new pixmap and setting the resource doesn't change the | |
| 1609 pullright pixmap's colors. Why? Possible Athena bug? | |
| 1610 | |
| 1611 | |
| 1612 Motif GUI: | |
| 2587 | 1613 - gui_mch_browsedir() is missing, browsedir() doesn't work nicely. |
| 7 | 1614 7 Use XmStringCreateLocalized() instead of XmStringCreateSimple()? |
| 1615 David Harrison says it's OK (it exists in Motif 1.2). | |
| 1616 8 Lesstif: When deleting a menu that's torn off, the torn off menu becomes | |
| 1617 very small instead of disappearing. When closing it, Vim crashes. | |
| 1618 (Phillipps) | |
| 1619 | |
| 1620 | |
| 1621 GUI: | |
| 1622 9 On Solaris, creating the popup menu causes the right mouse button no | |
| 1623 longer to work for extending the selection. (Halevy) | |
| 1624 9 When running an external program, it can't always be killed with CTRL-C. | |
| 387 | 1625 e.g., on Solaris 5.5, when using "K" (Keech). Other 'guipty' problems on |
| 7 | 1626 Solaris 2.6. (Marley) |
| 1627 9 On Solaris: Using a "-geometry" argument, bigger than the window where Vim | |
| 1628 is started from, causes empty lines below the cmdline. (raf) | |
| 1629 8 X11 GUI: When menu is disabled by excluding 'm' from 'guioptions', ALT key | |
| 1630 should not be used to trigger a menu (like the Win32 version). | |
| 1631 8 When setting 'langmenu', it should be effective immediately. Store both | |
| 1632 the English and the translated text in the menu structure. Re-generate | |
| 1633 the translation when 'langmenu' has changed. | |
| 1634 8 Basic flaw in the GUI code: NextScreen is updated before calling | |
| 1635 gui_write(), but the GUI code relies on NextScreen to represent the state | |
| 1636 of where it is processing the output. | |
| 1637 Need better separation of Vim core and GUI code. | |
| 1638 8 When fontset support is enabled, setting 'guifont' to a single font | |
| 1639 doesn't work. | |
| 1640 8 Menu priority for sub-menus for: Amiga, BeOS. | |
| 720 | 1641 8 When translating menus ignore the part after the Tab, the shortcut. So |
| 1642 that the same menu item with a different shortcut (e.g., for the Mac) are | |
| 1643 still translated. | |
| 7 | 1644 8 Add menu separators for Amiga, RISCOS. |
| 1645 8 Add way to specify the file filter for the browse dialog. At least for | |
| 1646 browse(). | |
| 1647 8 Add dialog for search/replace to other GUIs? Tk has something for this, | |
| 1648 use that code? Or use console dialog. | |
| 1649 8 When selecting a font with the font dialog and the font is invalid, the | |
| 1650 error message disappears too quick. | |
| 169 | 1651 7 More features in the find/replace dialog: |
| 1652 - regexp on/off | |
| 1653 - search in selection/buffer/all buffers/directory | |
| 1654 when all buffers/directory is used: | |
| 1655 - filter for file name | |
| 1656 when directory is used: | |
| 1657 - subdirectory on/off | |
| 1658 - top directory browser | |
| 7 | 1659 8 gui_check_colors() is not called at the right moment. Do it much later, |
| 1660 to avoid problems. | |
| 1661 8 gui_update_cursor() is called for a cursor shape change, even when there | |
| 1662 are mappings to be processed. Only do something when going to wait for | |
| 1663 input. Or maybe every 100 ms? | |
| 1664 8 X11: When the window size is reduced to fit on screen, there are blank | |
| 1665 lines below the text and bottom scrollbar. "gvim -geometry 80x78+0+0". | |
| 1666 When the "+0+0" is omitted it works. | |
| 1667 8 When starting an external command, and 'guipty' set, BS and DEL are mixed | |
| 1668 up. Set erase character somehow? | |
| 1669 8 A dead circumflex followed by a space should give the '^' character | |
| 1670 (Rommel). Look how xterm does this. | |
| 1671 Also: Bednar has some code for dead key handling. | |
| 1672 Also: Nedit 5.0.2 with USE_XMIM does it right. (Gaya) | |
| 1673 8 The compose key doesn't work properly (Cepas). Both for Win32 and X11. | |
| 1674 7 The cursor in an inactive window should be hollow. Currently it's not | |
| 1675 visible. | |
| 1676 7 GUI on Solaris 2.5.1, using /usr/dt/..: When gvim starts, cursor is | |
| 1677 hollow, after window lowered/raised it's OK. (Godfrey) | |
| 1678 7 When starting GUI with ":gui", and window is made smaller because it | |
| 1679 doesn't fit on the screen, there is an extra redraw. | |
| 1680 8 When setting font with .Xdefaults, there is an extra empty line at the | |
| 1681 bottom, which disappears when using ":set guifont=<Tab>". (Chadzelek) | |
| 1682 8 When font shape changes, but not the size, doing ":set font=" does not | |
| 1683 redraw the screen with the new font. Also for Win32. | |
| 1684 When the size changes, on Solaris 2.5 there isn't a redraw for the | |
| 1685 remaining part of the window (Phillipps). | |
| 1686 - Flashes really badly in certain cases when running remotely from a Sun. | |
| 1687 4 Re-write the code so that the highlighting isn't changed multiple times | |
| 1688 when doing a ":hi clear". The color changes happen three or more times | |
| 1689 currently. This is very obvious on a 66Mhz 486. | |
| 1690 | |
| 1691 | |
| 1692 MSDOS/DJGPP: | |
| 1693 9 Pressing CTRL-C often crashes the console Vim runs in. (Ken Liao) | |
| 1694 When 'bioskey' isn't set it doesn't happen. Could be a problem with the | |
| 1695 BIOS emulation of the console. Version 5.6 already had this problem. | |
| 1696 8 DJGPP: "cd c:" can take us to a directory that no longer exists. | |
| 1697 change_drive() doesn't check this. How to check for this error? | |
| 1698 9 The 16 bit version runs out of memory very quickly. Should find unused | |
| 818 | 1699 code and reduce static data. Resetting 'writebackup' helps to be able to |
| 1700 write a file. | |
| 7 | 1701 9 Crash when running on Windows 98 in a console window and pressing CTRL-C. |
| 1702 Happens now and then. When debugging Vim in gdb this also happens. Since | |
| 1703 the console crashes, might be a bug in the DOS console. Resetting | |
| 1704 'bioskey' avoids it, but then CTRL-C doesn't work. | |
| 1705 9 DOS: Make CTRL-Fx and ALT-Fx work. | |
| 1706 CTRL-F1 = CE-5E, CTRL-F2 = CE-5F, .., CTRL-F10 = CE-67 | |
| 1707 ALT-F1 = CE-68, ALT-F2 = CE-69, .., ALT-F10 = CE-71 | |
| 1708 Shifted cursor keys produce same codes as unshifted keys. Use bioskey(2) | |
| 1709 to get modifier mask for <S-C-M-Fx>. | |
| 1710 Use K_SPECIAL/KS_MODIFIER codes to insert modifier mask in input stream? | |
| 1711 Make this work like in Win32 console. | |
| 1712 Mapping things like <M-A> doesn't work, because it generates an extended | |
| 1713 key code. Use a translation table? | |
| 1714 9 Can't read an opened swap file when the "share" command has not been used. | |
| 1715 At least ignore the swap files that Vim has opened itself. | |
| 1716 8 Use DJGPP 2.03. | |
| 1717 8 The Dos32 version (DJGPP) can't use long file names on Windows NT. | |
| 1718 Check if new package can be used (v2misc/ntlfn08[bs].zip). | |
| 1719 8 setlocale() is bogus. | |
| 1720 8 Vim busy waits for new characters or mouse clicks. Should put in some | |
| 1721 sort of sleep, to avoid eating 50% of the CPU time. Test on an unpatched | |
| 1722 Windows 95 system! | |
| 1723 8 DJGPP: when shell is bash, make fails. (Donahoe) | |
| 387 | 1724 7 Hitting CTRL-P twice quickly (e.g., in keyword completion) on a 8088 |
| 7 | 1725 machine, starts printer echo! (John Mullin). |
| 1726 7 MSDOS 16 bit version can't work with COMSPEC that has an argument, e.g.: | |
| 1727 COMSPEC=C:\WINDOWS\COMMAND.COM /E:4096 (Bradley) | |
| 1728 Caused by BCC system() function (Borland "make" has the same problem). | |
| 1729 8 Mouse: handle left&right button pressed as middle button pressed. Add | |
| 1730 modifier keys shift, ctrl and alt. | |
| 1731 7 When too many files are open (depends on FILES), strange things happen. | |
| 1732 The Dos16 version runs out of memory, in the Dos32 version "!ls" causes a | |
| 1733 crash. Another symptom: .swp files are not deleted, existing files are | |
| 1734 "[New file]". | |
| 1735 7 DJGPP version doesn't work with graphics display mode. Switch to a mode | |
| 1736 that is supported? | |
| 1737 8 DJGPP: ":mode" doesn't work for many modes. Disable them. | |
| 1738 8 DJGPP: When starting in Ex mode, shouldn't clear the screen. (Walter | |
| 1739 Briscoe) | |
| 1740 | |
| 1741 | |
| 1742 MSDOS, OS/2 and Win32: | |
| 1743 8 OS/2: Add backtick expansion. Undefine NO_EXPANDPATH and use | |
| 1744 gen_expand_wildcards(). | |
| 1745 8 OS/2: Add clipboard support? See example clipbrd.exe from Alexander | |
| 1746 Wagner. | |
| 1747 8 OS/2: Add Extended Attributes support and define HAVE_ACL. | |
| 1748 8 OS/2: When editing a file name "foo.txt" that is actually called FOO.txt, | |
| 1749 writing uses "foo.txt". Should obtain the real file name. | |
| 557 | 1750 8 Should $USERPROFILE be preferred above $HOMEDRIVE/$HOMEPATH? No, but it's |
| 1751 a good fallback, thus use: | |
| 1752 $HOME | |
| 1753 $HOMEDRIVE$HOMEPATH | |
| 1754 SHGetSpecialFolderPath(NULL, lpzsPath, CSIDL_APPDATA, FALSE); | |
| 1755 $USERPROFILE | |
| 1756 SHGetSpecialFolderPath(NULL, lpzsPath, CSIDL_COMMON_APPDATA, FALSE); | |
| 1757 $ALLUSERSPROFILE | |
| 1758 $SYSTEMDRIVE\ | |
| 1759 C:\ | |
| 7 | 1760 8 Win32 console: <M-Up> and <M-Down> don't work. (Geddes) We don't have |
| 1761 special keys for these. Should use modifier + key. | |
| 1762 8 Win32 console: caps-lock makes non-alpha keys work like with shift. | |
| 1763 Should work like in the GUI version. | |
| 1764 8 Environment variables in DOS are not case sensitive. Make a define for | |
| 1765 STRCMP_ENV(), and use it when comparing environment var names. | |
| 1766 8 Setting 'shellslash' has no immediate effect. Change all file names when | |
| 1767 it is set/reset? Or only use it when actually executing a shell command? | |
| 1768 8 When editing a file on a Samba server, case might matter. ":e file" | |
| 1769 followed by ":e FILE" will edit "file" again, even though "FILE" might be | |
| 1770 another one. Set last used name in buflist_new()? Fix do_ecmd(), etc. | |
| 1771 8 When a buffer is editing a file like "ftp://mach/file", which is not going | |
| 1772 to be used like a normal file name, don't change the slashes to | |
| 1773 backslashes. (Ronald Hoellwarth) | |
| 1774 | |
| 1775 | |
| 1776 Windows 95: | |
|
2207
b17bbfa96fa0
Add the settabvar() and gettabvar() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2206
diff
changeset
|
1777 8 Editing a file by its short file name and writing it, makes the long file |
| 7 | 1778 name disappear. Setting 'backupcopy' helps. |
| 1779 Use FindFirstFile()->cAlternateFileName in fname_case() (George Reilly). | |
| 1780 8 Doing wildcard expansion, will match the short filename, but result in the | |
| 1781 long filename (both DJGPP and Win32). | |
| 1782 | |
| 1783 | |
| 1784 Win32 console: | |
| 1785 9 When editing a file by its short file name, it should be expanded into its | |
| 1786 long file name, to avoid problems like these: (Mccollister) | |
| 1787 1) Create a file called ".bashrc" using some other editor. | |
| 1788 2) Drag that file onto a shortcut or the actual executable. | |
| 1789 3) Note that the file name is something like BASHRC~1 | |
| 1790 4) Go to File->Save As menu item and type ".bashrc" as the file name. | |
| 1791 5) Press "Yes" to indicate that I want to overwrite the file. | |
| 1792 6) Note that the message "File exists (add ! to override)" is displayed | |
| 1793 and the file is not saved. | |
| 1794 Use FindFirstFile() to expand a file name and directory in the path to its | |
| 1795 long name. | |
| 1796 8 Also implement 'conskey' option for the Win32 console version? Look at | |
| 1797 how Xvi does console I/O under Windows NT. | |
| 1798 7 Re-install the use of $TERM and support the use of different terminals, | |
| 1799 besides the console. | |
| 1800 8 Use of <altgr> modifier doesn't work? 5.3 was OK. (Garcia-Suarez/Guckes) | |
| 1801 9 Mapping <C-S-Tab> doesn't work correctly. How to see the difference with | |
| 1802 <C-S-i>? | |
| 1803 9 tmpnam() uses file in root of file system: "\asdf". That doesn't work on | |
| 1804 a Netware network drive. Use same function as for Win32 GUI? | |
| 1805 8 In os_win32.h, HAVE_STRICMP and HAVE_STRNICMP are defined only if __GNUC__ | |
| 1806 is not defined. Shouldn't that be the other way around? | |
| 1807 7 Use SetConsoleCP() and SetConsoleOutputCP() to implement 'termencoding'? | |
| 1808 Avoids that input and output work differently. Need to be restored when | |
| 1809 exiting. | |
| 1810 | |
| 1811 | |
| 1812 Amiga: | |
| 1813 8 In mch_inchar() should use convert_input_safe() to handle incomplete byte | |
| 1814 sequences. | |
| 1815 9 In mch_expandpath() a "*" is to be expanded, but "\*" isn't. Remove | |
| 1816 backslashes in result. | |
| 1817 8 Executing a shell, only one option for 'shell' is separated. Should do | |
| 1818 all options, using white space separation. | |
| 1819 | |
| 1820 | |
| 1821 Macintosh: | |
| 713 | 1822 - GUI: gui_mch_browsedir() is missing. |
| 7 | 1823 7 Loading the Perl library only works on OS/X 10.2 or 10.3, never on both. |
| 1824 Load the Perl library dynamically see Python sources file dynload_mac | |
| 1825 (Jack) | |
| 1826 dynamic linking: http://developer.apple.com/technotes/tn2002/tn2064.html | |
| 1125 | 1827 8 inputdialog() doesn't resize when giving more text lines. (David Fishburn, |
| 1828 2006 Sept 28) | |
| 7 | 1829 8 Define vim_mkdir() for Macintosh. |
| 1830 8 Define mch_writable() for Macintosh. | |
| 1831 9 When DiskLock is running, using a swap file causes a crash. Appears to be | |
| 1832 a problem with writing a file that starts with a dot. (Giacalone) | |
| 1833 9 In mac_expandpath() check that handling of backslashes is done properly. | |
| 1834 | |
| 1835 | |
| 1836 "Small" problems: | |
| 1624 | 1837 - Can't disable terminal flow control, to enable the use of CTRL-S and |
| 1838 CTRL-Q. Add an option for it? | |
| 1125 | 1839 - When using e_secure in do_one_cmd() mention the command being executed, |
| 1840 otherwise it's not clear where it comes from. | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1841 - When the quickfix window is open and executing ":echo 'hello'" using the |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1842 Command-line window, the text is immediately removed by the redrawing. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1843 (Michael Henry, 2008 Nov 1) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1844 Generic solution: When redrawing while there is a message on the |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1845 cmdline, don't erase the display but draw over the existing text. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1846 Other solution, redraw after closing the cmdline window, before executing |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1847 the command. |
| 857 | 1848 9 For Turkish vim_tolower() and vim_toupper() also need to use utf_ |
| 1849 functions for characters below 0x80. (Sertacyildiz) | |
| 854 | 1850 9 When the last edited file is a help file, using '0 in a new Vim doesn't |
| 1668 | 1851 edit the file as a help file. 'filetype' is OK, but 'iskeyword' isn't, |
| 1852 file isn't readonly, etc. | |
| 7 | 1853 8 When an ":edit" is inside a try command and the ATTENTION prompt is used, |
| 1854 the :catch commands are always executed, also when the file is edited | |
| 1855 normally. Should reset did_emsg and undo side effects. Also make sure | |
| 16 | 1856 the ATTENTION message shows up. Servatius Brandt works on this. |
| 7 | 1857 8 ":g//" gives "Pattern not found error" with E486. Should not use the |
| 1858 error number, it's not a regular error message. | |
| 1859 7 Vimtutor leaves escape sequence in terminal. This is the xterm response to | |
| 1860 requesting the version number. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto) | |
| 1861 8 When redirecting and using ":silent" the current column for displaying and | |
| 1862 redirection can be different. Use a separate variable to hold the column | |
| 1863 for redirection. | |
| 1864 7 The messages for "vim --help" and "vim --version" don't use | |
| 1865 'termencoding'. | |
| 1125 | 1866 - Could the hit-enter prompt be avoided when a message only overlaps the |
| 1867 'showcmd' area? Clear that area when the next cmd is typed. | |
| 7 | 1868 8 When 'scrollbind' is set, a window won't scroll horizontally if the cursor |
| 1869 line is too short. Add a word in 'scrollopt' to allow moving the cursor | |
| 1870 to longer line that is visible. A similar thing is done for the GUI when | |
| 1871 using the horizontal scrollbar. | |
| 1872 7 VisVim can only open one file. Hard to solve: each opened file is passed | |
| 1873 with a separate invocation, would need to use timestamps to know the | |
| 1874 invocations belong together. | |
| 1875 8 When giving a ":bwipeout" command a file-changed dialog may popup for this | |
| 1876 buffer, which is pointless. (Mike Williams) | |
| 1877 8 On MS-Windows ":make" doesn't show output while it is working. Use the | |
| 1878 tee.exe from http://unxutils.sourceforge.net/ ? About 16 Kbyte in the | |
| 1879 UnxUtils.zip archive. | |
| 1880 Alternate one: http://www.pramodx.20m.com/tee_for_win32.htm, but Walter | |
| 1881 Briscoe says it's not as good. | |
| 819 | 1882 8 "stl" and "stlnc" in 'fillchars' don't work for multi-byte characters. |
| 844 | 1883 8 When doing Insert mode completion a mapping cannot recursively call |
| 1884 edit(), because the completion information is global. Put everything in | |
| 1885 an allocated structure? | |
| 1125 | 1886 6 Python: ":py raw_input('prompt')" doesn't work. (Manu Hack) |
| 7 | 1887 8 Command line completion: buffers "foo.txt" and "../b/foo.txt", completing |
| 1888 ":buf foo<Tab>" doesn't find the second one. (George V. Reilly) | |
| 1889 7 Output for ":scriptnames" and ":breaklist" should shorten the file names: | |
| 1890 use "~/" when possible. | |
| 1891 7 mb_off2cells() doesn't work correctly on the tail byte of a double-byte | |
| 1892 character. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto) It should return 1 when used on a tail | |
| 1893 byte, like for utf-8. Store second byte of double-byte in ScreenLines2[] | |
| 1894 (like for DBCS_JPNU) and put a zero in the second byte (like for UTF-8). | |
| 1895 8 'backupdir' and 'directory' should use $TMPDIR, $TMP and/or $TEMP when | |
| 1896 defined. | |
| 1897 7 Inside a function with "perl <<EOF" a line with "$i++" is recognized as an | |
| 1898 ":insert" command, causing the following "endfunction" not to be found. | |
| 1899 Add skipping this perl construction inside function definitions. | |
| 1900 7 When 'ttimeoutlen' is 10 and 'timeoutlen' is 1000, there is a keycode | |
| 1901 "<Esc>a" and a mapping <Esc>x", when typing "<Esc>a" with half a second | |
| 1902 delay should not be interpreted as a keycode. (Hans Ginzel) | |
| 1903 7 ":botright 1 new" twice causes all window heights to be changed. Make the | |
| 1904 bottom window only bigger as much as needed. | |
| 1905 7 The Cygwin and MingW makefiles define "PC", but it's not used anywhere. | |
| 1906 Remove? (Dan Sharp) | |
| 1907 9 User commands use the context of the script they were defined in. This | |
| 1908 causes a "s:var" argument to unexpectedly use a variable in the defining | |
| 1909 script, not the calling script. Add an argument to ":command": | |
| 1910 "-keepcontext". Do replace <SID>, so that a function in the defining | |
| 1911 script can be called. | |
| 1912 8 The Japanese message translations for MS-Windows are called ja.sjis.po, | |
| 1913 but they use encoding cp932. Rename the file and check that it still | |
| 1914 works. | |
| 1915 8 A very long message in confirm() can't be quit. Make this possible with | |
| 1916 CTRL-C. | |
| 1917 8 When the clipboard isn't supported: ":yank*" gives a confusing error | |
| 1918 message. Specifically mention that the register name is invalid. | |
| 237 | 1919 8 "gf" always excludes trailing punctuation characters. file_name_in_line() |
| 7 | 1920 is currently fixed to use ".,:;!". Add an option to make this |
| 1921 configurable? | |
| 1922 8 'hkmap' should probably be global-local. | |
| 1923 9 When "$" is in 'cpoptions' and folding is active, a "C" command changes | |
| 1924 the folds and resets w_lines_valid. The display updating doesn't work | |
| 1925 then. (Pritesh Mistry) | |
| 1926 8 Using ":s" in a function changes the previous replacement string. Save | |
| 1927 "old_sub" in save_search_patterns()? | |
| 1125 | 1928 8 Should allow multi-byte characters for the delimiter: ":s+a+b+" where "+" |
| 1929 is a multi-byte character. | |
| 7 | 1930 8 When appending to a file and 'patchmode' isn't empty, a backup file is |
| 1931 always written, even when the original file already exists. | |
| 1932 7 When using "daw" on the last word in a file and this is a single letter, | |
| 1933 nothing is deleted. Should delete the letter and preceding white space. | |
| 1934 9 When getting focus while writing a large file, could warn for this file | |
| 1935 being changed outside of Vim. Avoid checking this while the file is being | |
| 1936 written. | |
| 1937 7 The message in bt_dontwrite_msg() could be clearer. | |
| 1938 8 The script ID that is stored with an option and displayed with ":verbose | |
| 1939 set" isn't reset when the option is set internally. For example when | |
| 1940 'foldlevel' is set from 'foldlevelstart'. | |
| 856 | 1941 8 Also store the line number with the script ID and use it for ":verbose", |
| 1942 so that "set nocompatible" is found when it changes other option values. | |
| 1125 | 1943 When an option is set indirectly mention the command? E.g. when |
| 1944 ":diffsplit" sets 'foldmethod'. | |
| 7 | 1945 8 In the fileformat dialog, "Cancel" isn't translated. Add a global |
| 1946 variable for this. (Eduardo Fernandez) | |
| 1947 9 When editing a file with 'readonly' set, there is no check for an existing | |
| 1948 swap file. Then using ":write" (without making any changes) doesn't give | |
| 1949 a warning either. Should check for an existing swap file without creating | |
| 1698 | 1950 one. Unfinished patch by Ian Kelling, 2008 July 14. |
| 7 | 1951 7 When 'showbreak' is set, the amount of space a Tab occupies changes. |
| 1952 Should work like 'showbreak' is inserted without changing the Tabs. | |
| 1953 7 When 'mousefocus' is set and switching to another window with a typed | |
| 1954 command, the mouse pointer may be moved to a part of the window that's | |
| 1955 covered by another window and we lose focus. Only move in the y | |
| 1956 direction, not horizontally? | |
| 1957 8 ":hardcopy": | |
| 1958 - Using the cterm_color[] table is wrong when t_colors is > 16. | |
| 1959 - Need to handle unprintable characters. | |
| 1960 - Win32: On a B&W printer syntax highlighting isn't visible. Perform | |
| 1961 dithering to make grey text? | |
| 1962 - Add a flag in 'printoptions' to add an empty page to make the total | |
| 1963 number even. "addempty"? (Mike Williams) | |
| 24 | 1964 - Respect 'linebreak'. Perhaps also 'showbreak'? |
|
2283
7e1bd501306d
Mainly documentation updates.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2282
diff
changeset
|
1965 - Should interpret CTRL-L as a page break. |
| 7 | 1966 - Grey line numbers are not always readable. Add field in 'printoptions'. |
| 1967 Default to black when no syntax highlighting. | |
| 1968 - Be able to print a window in diff mode. | |
| 1969 - Be able to specify a colorscheme to use for printing. And a separate | |
| 1970 one for B&W printing (if that can be detected). | |
| 1971 8 In Visual block mode with 'lbr' set, a change command doesn't insert the | |
| 1972 text in following lines where the linebreak changes. | |
| 1973 9 dosinst.c: The DJGPP version can't uninstall the Uninstall registry key on | |
| 1974 Windows NT. How to install a .inf file on Windows NT and how to detect | |
| 1975 that Windows NT is being used? | |
| 1976 8 When 'virtualedit' is "block,insert" and encoding is "utf-8", selecting a | |
| 1977 block of one double-wide character, then "d" deletes only half of it. | |
| 1978 8 When 'virtualedit' is set, should "I" in blockwise visual mode also insert | |
| 1979 in lines that don't extend into the block? | |
| 1980 8 With 'virtualedit' set, in Insert mode just after the end of line, CTRL-O | |
| 1981 yh does not yank the last character of the line. (Pavel Papushev) | |
| 1982 Doing "hl" first appears to make it work. | |
| 1983 8 With 'virtualedit' set it's possible to move into the blank area from | |
| 1984 'linebreak'. | |
| 1985 8 With 'virtualedit' set and 'selection' "exclusive", a Visual selection | |
| 1986 that ends in or after a tab, "d" doesn't delete (part of) the tab. | |
| 1987 (Helmut Stiegler) | |
| 1988 9 When jumping to a tag, the search pattern is put in the history. When | |
| 1989 'magic' is on, the pattern may not work. Translate the pattern depending | |
| 1990 on p_magic when putting it in the history? Alternative: Store value of | |
| 1991 'magic' in history. (Margo) | |
| 1992 9 optwin.vim: Restoring a mapping for <Space> or <CR> is not correct for | |
| 1993 ":noremap". Add "mapcmd({string}, {mode})? Use code from ":mkexrc". | |
| 1994 9 incsearch is incorrect for "/that/<Return>/this/;//" (last search pattern | |
| 1995 isn't updated). | |
| 1996 9 term_console is used before it is set (msdos, Amiga). | |
| 1997 9 Get out-of-memory for ":g/^/,$s//@/" on 1000 lines, this is not handled | |
| 1998 correctly. Get many error messages while redrawing the screen, which | |
| 1999 cause another redraw, etc. | |
| 2000 8 [<C-I> doesn't work when '*' is in 'iskeyword'. find_pattern_in_path() | |
| 2001 must escape special characters in the pattern. | |
| 2002 8 Vim can overwrite a read-only file with ":w!". ":w" can't overwrite an | |
| 2003 existing file, "w!" can, but perhaps not a read-only file? Then use | |
| 2004 ":w!!" for that. | |
| 2005 Or ask for permission to overwrite it (if file can be made writable) and | |
| 2006 restore file to readonly afterwards. | |
| 460 | 2007 Overwriting a file for which a swap file exists is similar issue. |
| 7 | 2008 7 When compiled with "xterm_clipboard", startup can be slower and might get |
| 2009 error message for invalid $DISPLAY. Try connecting to the X server in the | |
| 2010 background (forked), so that Vim starts up quicker? Connect as soon as | |
| 2011 the clipboard is to be used (Visual select mode starts, paste from | |
| 2012 clipboard) | |
| 2013 7 X11: Some people prefer to use CLIPBOARD instead of PRIMARY for the normal | |
| 2014 selection. Add an "xclipboard" argument to the 'clipboard' option? (Mark | |
| 2015 Waggoner) | |
| 2016 8 For xterm need to open a connection to the X server to get the window | |
| 2017 title, which can be slow. Can also get the title with "<Esc>[21t", no | |
| 2018 need to use X11 calls. This returns "<Esc>]l{title}<Esc>\". | |
| 34 | 2019 6 When the xterm reports the number of colors, a redraw occurs. This is |
| 2020 annoying on a slow connection. Wait for the xterm to report the number of | |
| 2021 colors before drawing the screen. With a timeout. | |
| 7 | 2022 8 When the builtin xterm termcap contains codes that are not wanted, need a |
| 2023 way to avoid using the builtin termcap. | |
| 2024 8 Xterm sends ^[[H for <Home> and ^[[F for <End> in some mode. Also | |
| 2025 recognize these keys? Mostly useful for xterm simulators, like gnometerm. | |
| 2026 See http://dickey.his.com/xterm/xterm.faq.html#xterm_pc_style. | |
| 837 | 2027 8 For xterm also recognize keypad up/down/left/right and insert. |
| 7 | 2028 8 '[ and '] should be set to start/end of line when using a linewise operator |
| 2029 (e.g., ":w"). | |
| 2030 8 CTRL-A can't handle big "long" numbers, they become negative. Check for | |
| 2031 "-" character, if not present, use unsigned long. | |
| 2032 8 Make it possible to disable the special meaning of "#" in the first column | |
| 2033 for ">>". | |
| 2034 8 Add suspending with CTRL-Z at the "more" prompt, and when executing a long | |
| 2035 script in do_cmdline(). | |
| 2036 8 When using 'hidden', many swap files will be open. When Vim runs into the | |
| 2037 maximum number of open files, error messages will appear. Detect that | |
| 2038 this problem is present, and close any hidden files that don't have | |
| 2039 changes. | |
| 2040 8 With 'viminfo' set such that the ".viminfo" file is written on a FAT | |
| 2041 filesystem, an illegal file name may be created: ".vim". | |
| 2042 8 For each buffer that is opened, the viminfo file is opened and read to | |
| 2043 check for file marks. This can be slow. | |
| 2044 7 In xterm, recognize both vt100 and vt220 cursor keys. Change | |
| 2045 add_termcode() to not remove an existing entry for a name, when it's | |
| 2046 needed. | |
| 2047 Need a generic solution to recognize different codes for the same key. | |
| 2048 8 Core dump within signal function: gdb doesn't show stack backtrace! Option | |
| 2049 to skip catch_signals()? | |
| 2050 9 Repeating a "cw" with "." doesn't work if the text was pasted from the | |
| 2051 clipboard. (Thomas Jones) It's because the menu/toolbar item exits Insert | |
| 2052 mode and uses "gP". How to fix this without breaking inserting a block of | |
| 2053 text? | |
| 2054 8 In Replace mode pasting from the clipboard (using menu or toolbar) inserts | |
| 2055 all the text. Add ":rmenu"? | |
| 2056 8 Pasting with the mouse in Replace mode inserts the text, instead of | |
| 2057 overwriting, when it is more than one line. Same for using <C-R>. | |
| 2058 9 CTRL-E and CTRL-Y don't work in small window when 'so' is 4 and lines are | |
| 2059 wrapping (Acevedo/in.226). E.g., when using CTRL-E, window height 7, | |
| 2060 window might actually scroll down when last line of buffer is displayed. | |
| 2061 --> Remember if the previous command was "cursor follows screen" or | |
| 2062 "screen follow cursor" and use this in cursupdate(). | |
| 2063 7 tilde_replace() can only handle "~/", should also do "~user/". | |
| 2064 Get the list of home directories (from /etc/passwd? Use getpwent()) and | |
| 2065 use some clever algorithm to match a path with that. Find common strings | |
| 2066 in the list? | |
| 2067 8 When dragging status line with mouse, sometimes a jump when first clicking | |
| 2068 on the status line (caused by 'winheight'). Select window on button up, | |
| 2069 instead of on button down. | |
| 2070 8 Dragging the status line doesn't scroll but redraw. | |
| 2071 9 Evaluating 'statusline' in build_stl_str_hl() does not properly check for | |
| 2072 reaching the end of the available buffer. | |
| 1125 | 2073 Patch to dynamically allocate the buffer for % items. (Eric Arnold, 2006 |
| 2074 May 14) | |
| 7 | 2075 8 When performing incremental search, should abort searching as soon as a |
| 2076 character is typed. | |
| 2077 8 When the value of $MAKE contains a path, configure can't handle this. | |
| 2078 It's an autoconf bug. Remove the path from $MAKE to work around it. | |
| 2079 8 How to set VIMRC_FILE to \"something\" for configure? Why does this not | |
| 2080 work: CFLAGS='-DVIMRC_FILE=\"/mydir/myfile\"' ./configure | |
| 2081 8 The temporary file is sometimes not writable. Check for this, and use an | |
| 2082 alternate name when it isn't. Or add the 'temptemplate' option: template | |
| 2083 for the temp file name ":set temptemplate=/usr/tmp/?????.tmp". | |
| 2084 Also: Win32 version uses Windows temp directory, which might not work for | |
| 2085 cygwin bash. | |
| 2086 7 Get error "*, \+ or \( operand could be empty" for pattern "\(.\)\1\{3}". | |
| 2087 Remember flags for backreferences. | |
| 2088 7 When switching to Daylight Saving Time, Vim complains that a file has been | |
| 2089 changed since last read. Can we use a function that uses GMT? | |
| 2090 7 When completing an environment variable after a '$', check for file names | |
| 2091 that contain a '$' after all have been found. | |
| 2092 8 When "cm" termcap entry is missing, starting gvim shouldn't complain about | |
| 2093 it. (Lohner) Try out with "vt100" entry, cm replaced with cX. | |
| 2094 7 When an include file starts with "../", the check for already visiting | |
| 2095 this file doesn't work. Need to simplify the file name. | |
| 2096 7 The names and comments for the arguments of do_browse() are confusing. | |
| 2097 "dflt" isn't the default file name when "initdir" is not NULL and | |
| 2098 "initdir" is the default path to be used. | |
| 2099 7 When 'scrolloff' is exactly half the window height, "j" causes a scroll of | |
| 2100 two lines at a time. "k" doesn't do this. (Cory T. Echols) | |
| 2101 8 When write_viminfo() is used while there are many orphaned viminfo | |
| 2102 tempfiles writing the viminfo file fails. Give a clear error message so | |
| 2103 that the user knows he has to delete the files. | |
| 2104 7 It's possible to redefine a script-local function with ":func | |
| 2105 <SNR>123_Test()". (Krishna) Disallow this. | |
| 2106 | |
| 2107 | |
| 2108 I can't reproduce these (if you can, let me know how!): | |
| 2109 9 NT 4.0 on NTFS file system: Editing ".bashrc" (drag and drop), file | |
| 2110 disappears. Editing ".xyz" is OK. Also, drag&drop only works for three | |
| 2111 files. (McCollister) | |
| 2112 | |
| 2113 | |
| 2114 Problems that will (probably) not be solved: | |
| 835 | 2115 - GTK: when using the popup menu with spelling suggestions and releasing the |
| 2116 right mouse button before the menu appears selecting an item with the | |
| 2117 right mouse button has no effect. GTK does not produce an event for this. | |
| 1698 | 2118 - GTK 2: Cannot use the file selector. When using it many things become |
| 2119 slow. This is caused by some code in GTK that writes | |
| 2120 ~/.recently-used.xbel every time an event is handled. It assumes the main | |
| 2121 loop is never quit, which is a wrong assumption. Also, it overwrites the | |
| 2122 file with different file permissions, which is a privacy issue. This | |
| 2123 needs to be fixed in GTK. A solution in Vim would be really complicated. | |
|
2502
e6420d275b6a
Update README files. Remove references to extra and lang archives.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2495
diff
changeset
|
2124 (2008 Jul 31) This appears to be fixed in Vim 7.3. |
| 34 | 2125 - xterm title: The following scenario may occur (esp. when running the Vim |
| 2126 test script): Vim 1 sets the title to "file1", then restores the title to | |
| 162 | 2127 "xterm" with an ESC sequence when exiting. Vim 2 obtains the old title |
| 34 | 2128 with an X library call, this may result in "file1", because the window |
| 2129 manager hasn't processed the "xterm" title yet. Can apparently only be | |
| 2130 worked around with a delay. | |
| 7 | 2131 - In a terminal with 'mouse' set such that the mouse is active when entering |
| 2132 a command line, after executing a shell command that scrolls up the | |
| 2133 display and then pressing ":": Selecting text with the mouse works like | |
| 2134 the display wasn't scrolled. Vim doesn't know how much the external | |
| 2135 command scrolled up the display. Use Shift to select text. | |
| 2136 - X windows: When $DISPLAY points to a X server where there is no access | |
| 2137 permission, trying to connect to the X server causes an error message. | |
| 2138 XtOpenDisplay() prints this directly, there is no way to avoid it. | |
| 2139 - X windows: Setting 'guifontset' to an illegal value sometimes crashes Vim. | |
| 2140 This is caused by a fault in a X library function, can't be solved in Vim. | |
| 1125 | 2141 - Win32 tcl: has("tcl") hangs when the tcl84.dll is from cygwin. |
| 7 | 2142 - Motif: When adding a menu item "Find this &Symbol", the "s" in "this" will |
| 2143 be underlined, instead of in "Symbol". Motif doesn't let us specify which | |
| 2144 character gets the highlighting. | |
| 2145 - Moving the cursor removes color in color-xterm. This is a color-xterm | |
| 2146 problem! color-xterm ver. 6.1 beta 3 and later work properly. | |
| 2147 - In zsh, "gvim&" changes the terminal settings. This is a zsh problem. | |
| 2148 (Jennings) | |
| 2149 - Problem with HPterm under X: old contents of window is lost (Cosentino). | |
| 2150 - Amiga: When using quickfix with the Manx compiler we only get the first 25 | |
| 2151 errors. How do we get the rest? | |
| 2152 - Amiga: The ":cq" command does not always abort the Manx compiler. Why? | |
| 237 | 2153 - Linux: A file with protection r--rw-rw- is seen readonly for others. The |
| 7 | 2154 access() function in GNU libc is probably wrong. |
| 2155 - MSDOS: When using smartdrive with write-back buffering, writing to a | |
| 2156 readonly floppy will cause problems. How to test for a writable floppy | |
| 2157 first? | |
| 2158 - MSDOS: Both 16 and 32 bit versions: File name expansion doesn't work for | |
| 2159 names that start with a dot. These used to be illegal file names. | |
| 2160 - When doing a CTRL-Z and typing a command for the shell, while Vim is busy | |
| 2161 (e.g. writing a file), the command for the shell is sometimes eaten by Vim, | |
| 2162 because the terminal mode is changed from RAW to CBREAK. | |
| 2163 - An old version of GNU tgoto can't handle the terminfo code for "AF". The | |
| 2164 "%p1" is interpreted as "%p" and "1", causing color not to be working. | |
| 2165 Fix: Change the "%p1" in the "AF" and "AB" terminfo entries to "%p". | |
| 2166 (Benzinger). | |
| 2167 - When running an external command from the GUI, typeahead is going to that | |
| 2168 program, not to Vim. It looks like the shell eats the characters, Vim | |
| 2169 can't get back what the external command didn't use. | |
| 2170 - Win32 GUI: Error code from external command not returned in shell_error. | |
| 2171 It appears that cmd.exe and command.com don't return an error code. | |
| 2172 - Win32 GUI: The Toolbar is a bit too high when the flat style is being | |
| 2173 used. We don't have control over the height of the Toolbar. | |
| 2174 - Win32: All files created on the day of switching from winter to summer | |
| 2175 time cause "changed since editing started" messages. It goes away when | |
| 2176 the file is written again the next day, or the timezone is adjusted. | |
| 2177 DJGPP version is OK. (Zaimi) Looks like a problem with the Win32 library. | |
| 2178 Rebooting doesn't help. Time stamps look OK in directory. (Penn) | |
| 2179 Is this on FAT (stores wall clock time) or NTFS (stores UTS)? | |
| 2180 - Win32, MS-Windows XP: $HOME uses the wrong drive when the user profiles | |
| 2181 are not on the boot disk. This is caused by a wrong value of $HOMEDRIVE. | |
| 2182 This is a bug in XP, see MSKB article 818134. | |
| 2183 - SunOS 5.5.1 with Motif: The file open dialog does not have a horizontal | |
| 2184 scroll bar for the "files" selection. This is a problem in the Motif | |
| 2185 libraries, get a patch from Sun. | |
| 2186 - Solaris 2.6 with GTK and Perl: gvim crashes when started. Problem with X | |
| 2187 input method called from GDK code. Without Perl it doesn't crash. | |
| 2188 - VMS: Vimdiff doesn't work with the VMS diff, because the output looks | |
| 2189 different. This makes test 47 fail. Install a Unix-compatible diff. | |
| 2190 - VMS v7.1 and older: Tests 21 and 32 fail. From VMS v7.1-2 and newer Vim | |
| 2191 does not have this behavior. (Zoltan Arpadffy) | |
| 2192 - Win32 GUI: mouse wheel always scrolls rightmost window. The events arrive | |
| 2193 in Vim as if the rightmost scrollbar was used. | |
| 2194 - GTK with Gnome: Produces an error message when starting up: | |
| 2195 Gdk-WARNING **: locale not supported by C library | |
| 2196 This is caused by the gnome library gnome_init() setting $LC_CTYPE to | |
| 2197 "en_US". Not all systems support this locale name, thus causing the | |
| 2198 error. Hopefully a newer version of GTK/Gnome fixes this problem. | |
| 2199 - GTK 2: With this mapping the hit-enter prompt is _sometimes_ below the | |
| 2200 screen, at other times there is a grey area below the command line: | |
| 2201 :nmap <F11> :if &guioptions=~'m' \| set guioptions-=m \| else \| set guioptions+=m \| endif<cr> | |
| 2202 - GTK: When pasting a selection from Vim to xclipboard gvim crashes with a | |
| 2203 ABRT signal. Probably an error in the file gdkselection.c, the assert | |
| 2204 always fails when XmbTextListToTextProperty() fails. (Tom Allard) | |
| 10 | 2205 - GTK 2: gives an assertion error for every non-builtin icon in the toolbar. |
| 2206 This is a GTK 2.4.x bug, fixed in GTK 2.4.2. (Thomas de Grenier de Latour) | |
| 7 | 2207 - When using an xterm that supports the termresponse feature, and the 't_Co' |
| 2208 termcap option was wrong when Vim started, it will be corrected when the | |
| 2209 termresponse is received. Since the number of colors changes, the | |
| 2210 highlighting needs to be initialized again. This may cause colors defined | |
| 2211 in the vimrc file to be lost. | |
| 2212 - On Windows NT 4.0 the number of files passed to Vim with drag&drop and | |
| 2213 "Edit with Vim" is limited. The maximum command line length is 255 chars. | |
| 2214 | |
| 2215 --------------------- extensions and improvements ---------------------- | |
| 2216 *extensions-improvements* | |
| 2217 | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2218 Most interesting new features to be added when all bugs have been fixed: |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2219 - Using ":exe edit fname" has escaping problems. Use ":edit ++(fname)". |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2220 Thus use "++=" to give arguments as expressions, comma separated as if |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2221 calling a function. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2222 With options: ":edit ++(['!', '++enc=abc'], ['+/pat'], fname)". |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2223 Alternative: Make a function for Ex commands: cmd_edit(). |
| 713 | 2224 - Add COLUMN NUMBERS to ":" commands ":line1,line2[col1,col2]cmd". Block |
| 2225 can be selected with CTRL-V. Allow '$' (end of line) for col2. | |
| 2226 - Add DEBUGGER INTERFACE. Implementation for gdb by Xavier de Gaye. | |
| 2227 Should work like an IDE. Try to keep it generic. Now found here: | |
| 2228 http://clewn.sf.net. | |
| 2229 And the idevim plugin/script. | |
| 2230 To be able to start the debugger from inside Vim: For GUI run a program | |
| 2231 with a netbeans connection; for console: start a program that splits the | |
| 2232 terminal, runs the debugger in one window and reconnect Vim I/O to the | |
| 2233 other window. | |
| 2234 Wishes for NetBeans commands: | |
| 2235 - make it possible to have 'defineAnnoType' also handle terminal colors. | |
| 2236 - send 'balloonText' events for the cursor position (using CursorHold ?) | |
| 2237 in terminal mode. | |
| 2238 - ECLIPSE plugin. Problem is: the interface is very complicated. Need to | |
| 2239 implement part in Java and then connect to Vim. Some hints from Alexandru | |
| 2240 Roman, 2004 Dec 15. Should then also work with Oracle Jdeveloper, see JSR | |
| 2241 198 standard http://www.jcp.org/en/jsr/detail?id=198. | |
| 2242 Eclim does it: http://eclim.sourceforge.net/ (Eric Van Dewoestine) | |
| 2243 Plugin that uses a terminal emulator: http://vimplugin.sf.net | |
| 1125 | 2244 And another one: http://www.satokar.com/viplugin/index.php |
| 713 | 2245 - STICKY CURSOR: Add a way of scrolling that leaves the cursor where it is. |
| 2246 Especially when using the scrollbar. Typing a cursor-movement command | |
| 2247 scrolls back to where the cursor is. | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2248 - Scroll commands by screen line. g CTRL-E and g CTRL-Y ? Requires the |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2249 first line to be able to start halfway. |
| 713 | 2250 - Running a shell command from the GUI still has limitations. Look into how |
| 2251 the terminal emulator of the Vim shell project can help: | |
| 2252 http://vimshell.wana.at | |
| 2253 8 Add a command to jump to a certain kind of tag. Allow the user to specify | |
| 2254 values for the optional fields. E.g., ":tag size type=m". | |
| 2255 Also allow specifying the file and command, so that the result of | |
| 2256 taglist() can be used. | |
| 769 | 2257 - X11: Make it possible to run Vim inside a window of another program. |
| 2258 This can be done with XReparentWindow(). But how exactly? | |
| 713 | 2259 |
| 2260 | |
| 7 | 2261 Documentation: |
| 1125 | 2262 8 List of Vim runtime directories. dotvim.txt from Charles Campbell, 2007 |
| 2263 Feb 20. | |
| 36 | 2264 8 The GUI help should explain the Find and Find/Replace dialogs. Add a link |
| 2265 to it from ":promptrepl" and ":promptfind". | |
| 22 | 2266 8 List of options should mention whether environment variables are expanded |
| 2267 or not. | |
| 7 | 2268 8 Extend usr_27.txt a bit. (Adam Seyfarth) |
| 2269 7 Add a section on debugging scripts in the user manual. | |
| 2270 9 Make the Reference Manual more precise. For each command mention: | |
| 2271 - change to cursor position and curswant | |
| 2272 - if it can be undone (u/CTRL-R) and redone (.) | |
| 2273 - how it works for folded lines | |
| 2274 - how it works with multi-byte characters | |
| 2275 9 In change.txt, remark about Javadoc isn't right. Right alignment would | |
| 2276 work too. | |
| 2277 8 Spread the windows commands over the other files. For example, ":stag" | |
| 2278 should be with ":tag". Cross-link with tags to avoid too much double | |
| 2279 text. | |
| 2280 8 Add tags for all features, e.g. "gui_running". | |
| 2281 7 MS-Windows: When a wrong command is typed with an ALT key, give a hint to | |
| 2282 look at the help for 'winaltkeys'. | |
| 2283 7 Add a help.vim plugin that maps <Tab> to jump to the next tag in || and | |
| 2284 <C-Tab> (and <S-Tab>) to the previous tag. | |
| 1624 | 2285 Patch by Balazs Kezes, 2007 Dec 30. Remark from A. Politz. |
| 7 | 2286 - Check text editor compendium for vi and Vim remarks. |
| 2287 | |
| 2288 | |
| 2289 Help: | |
| 2290 - First try using the ":help" argument literally, before using it as a | |
| 2291 pattern. And then match it as part of a tag. | |
| 2292 - When a help item has multiple matches make it possible to use ":tn" to go | |
| 2293 to the other matches. | |
| 2294 - Support a way to view (and edit) .info files. | |
| 2295 - Default mapping for help files: <Tab> to position cursor on next |:tag|. | |
| 2296 - Implement a "sticky" help window, some help text lines that are always | |
| 2297 displayed in a window with fixed height. (Guckes) Use "~/.vimhelp" file, | |
| 2298 user can edit it to insert his favorite commands, new account can contain a | |
| 2299 default contents. | |
| 2300 - Make 'winminheight' a local option, so that the user can set a minimal | |
| 2301 height for the help window (and other windows). | |
| 2302 - ":help :s^I" should expand to ":help :substitute". | |
| 2303 - Make the help key (<F1>) context sensitive? | |
| 2304 - Learn mode: show short help while typing commands. | |
| 2305 | |
| 2306 | |
| 2307 User Friendlier: | |
| 419 | 2308 8 Windows install with NSIS: make it possible to do a silent install, see |
| 2309 http://nsis.sourceforge.net/Docs/Chapter4.html#4.12 | |
| 7 | 2310 8 Windows install with install.exe: Use .exe instead of .bat files for |
| 2311 links, so that command line arguments are passed on unmodified? (Walter | |
| 2312 Briscoe) | |
| 2313 8 Windows install: Be able to associate Vim with a selection of file types? | |
| 2314 8 Windows uninstall: Have uninstal.c delete the vimfiles directories that | |
| 2315 dosinst.c creates. List the contents of the directory (recursively) if | |
| 2316 the user asks for it. Requires an implementation of "rm -rf". | |
| 2317 8 Remember the name of the vimrc file that was used (~/.vimrc, $VIM/_vimrc, | |
| 2318 $HOME/_vimrc, etc.) and add "edit vimrc" to the File menu. | |
| 2319 - Add a way to save local settings and mappings into a new plugin file. | |
| 2320 ":mkplugin <file>"? | |
| 2321 8 Add ":plugininstall" command. Can be used to install a plugin file that | |
| 2322 includes documentation. Let the user select a directory from | |
| 2323 'runtimepath'. | |
| 2324 " Vim plugin | |
| 2325 <main plugin code> | |
| 2326 " >>> plugin help start <<< | |
| 2327 <plugin docs> | |
| 2328 - Add mappings local to a window: ":map <window> ..."? | |
| 2329 9 Add buffer-local menu. Should offer a choice between removing the menu or | |
| 2330 disabling it. Be careful that tear-offs don't disappear (keep one empty | |
| 2331 item?). | |
| 2332 Alternative: use BufEnter and BufLeave autocommands. | |
| 2333 8 make a vimtutor script for Amiga and other systems. | |
| 2334 7 Add the arguments for configure to the ":version" output? | |
| 387 | 2335 7 When Vim detects a file is being edited elsewhere and it's a gvim session |
| 2336 of the same user it should offer a "Raise" button, so that the other gvim | |
| 2337 window can be displayed. (Eduard) | |
| 640 | 2338 8 Support saving and restoring session for X windows? It should work to do |
| 2339 ":mksession" and use "-S fname" for the restart command. The | |
| 2340 gui_x11_wm_protocol_handler() already takes care of the rest. | |
| 2341 global_event_filter() for GTK. | |
| 7 | 2342 |
| 2343 | |
| 693 | 2344 Tab pages: |
| 2345 9 GUI implementation for the tab pages line for other systems. | |
| 1125 | 2346 7 GUI: Control over the appearance of the text in the labels (bold, color, |
| 2347 font, etc.) | |
| 693 | 2348 8 Make GUI menu in tab pages line configurable. Like the popup menu. |
| 838 | 2349 8 balloons for the tab page labels that are shortened to show the full path. |
| 693 | 2350 8 :tabmove +N move tab page N pages forward |
| 2351 8 :tabmove -N move tab page N pages backward | |
| 2352 7 :tabdup duplicate the tab with all its windows. | |
| 2353 7 Option to put tab line at the left or right? Need an option to specify | |
| 1226 | 2354 its width. It's like a separate window with ":tabs" output. |
| 693 | 2355 7 Add local variables for each tab page? |
| 2356 8 Add local options for each tab page? E.g., 'diffopt' could differ between | |
| 2357 tab pages. | |
| 2358 7 Add local highlighting for each tab page? | |
| 1125 | 2359 7 Add local directory for tab pages? How would this interfere with |
| 2360 window-local directories? | |
| 693 | 2361 |
| 2362 | |
| 388 | 2363 Spell checking: |
| 1668 | 2364 - have some way not to give spelling errors for a range of characters. |
| 2365 E.g. for Chinese and other languages with specific characters for which we | |
| 2366 don't have a spell file. Useful when there is also text in other | |
| 2367 languages in the file. | |
| 1125 | 2368 - Support more regions? Caolan McNamara argues it's needed for es_XX. |
| 2369 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=219777 | |
| 2370 - Unicode defines another quote character: 0x2019. Use it as an equivalent | |
| 2371 of a single quote, thus use it as a word character like a quote and match | |
| 2372 with words, replacing the curly quote with a single quote. | |
| 2373 - Could filter é things for HTML before doing spell checking. | |
| 2374 Similarly for TeX. | |
| 860 | 2375 - The Hungarian spell file uses four extra characters in the FOL/UPP/LOW |
| 2376 items than other spell files with the ISO-8859-2 encoding, that causes | |
| 2377 problem when changing 'spelllang'. There is no obvious way to fix this. | |
| 827 | 2378 - Considering Hunspell 1.1.4: |
| 2379 What does MAXNGRAMSUGS do? | |
| 2380 Is COMPLEXPREFIXES necessary when we have flags for affixes? | |
| 1624 | 2381 - Support spelling words in CamelCase as if they were two separate words. |
| 2382 Requires some option to enable it. (Timothy Knox) | |
| 2072 | 2383 - There is no Finnish spell checking file. For openoffice Voikko is now |
| 1125 | 2384 used, which is based on Malaga: http://home.arcor.de/bjoern-beutel/malaga/ |
| 2385 (Teemu Likonen) | |
| 827 | 2386 8 ":mkspell" still takes much too long in Hungarian dictionary from |
| 2387 hunspell. Only solution appears to be to postpone secondary suffixes. | |
| 2388 8 Handle postponed prefix with COMPOUNDPERMITFLAG or COMPOUNDFORBIDFLAG. | |
| 2389 WFP_COMPPERMIT and WFP_COMPFORBID | |
| 2390 8 implement use of <compoptions> in .spl file: | |
| 2391 implement CHECKCOMPOUNDREP: when a compound word seems to be OK apply REP | |
| 1668 | 2392 items and check if the result is a valid word. |
| 827 | 2393 implement CHECKCOMPOUNDDUP |
| 2394 implement CHECKCOMPOUNDTRIPLE | |
| 2395 Add CHECKCOMPOUNDCASE: when compounding make leading capital lower case. | |
| 2396 How is it supposed to work? | |
| 819 | 2397 - Add a command the repeats ]s and z=, showing the misspelled word in its |
| 2398 context. Thus to spell-check a whole file. | |
| 700 | 2399 - suggestion for "KG" to "kg" when it's keepcase. |
| 821 | 2400 - For flags on affixes: Use a "AFFCOMPSET" flag; means the compound flags of |
| 2401 the word are not used. | |
| 798 | 2402 - Support breakpoint character ? 0xb7 and ignore it? Makes it possible to |
| 713 | 2403 use same wordlist for hyphenation. |
| 809 | 2404 - Compound word is accepted if nr of words is <= COMPOUNDWORDMAX OR nr of |
| 501 | 2405 syllables <= COMPOUNDSYLMAX. Specify using AND in the affix file? |
| 625 | 2406 - NEEDCOMPOUND also used for affix? Or is this called ONLYINCOMPOUND now? |
| 2407 Or is ONLYINCOMPOUND only for inside a compound, not at start or end? | |
| 501 | 2408 - Do we need a flag for the rule that when compounding is done the following |
| 2409 word doesn't have a capital after a word character, even for Onecap words? | |
| 2410 - New hunspell home page: http://hunspell.sourceforge.net/ | |
| 538 | 2411 - Version 1.1.0 is out now, look into that. |
| 501 | 2412 - Lots of code depends on LANG, that isn't right. Enable each mechanism |
| 2413 in the affix file separately. | |
| 2414 - Example with compounding dash is bad, gets in the way of setting | |
| 809 | 2415 COMPOUNDMIN and COMPOUNDWORDMAX to a reasonable value. |
| 501 | 2416 - PSEUDOROOT == NEEDAFFIX |
| 2417 - COMPOUNDROOT -> COMPOUNDED? For a word that already is a compound word | |
| 2418 Or use COMPOUNDED2, COMPOUNDED3, etc. | |
| 2419 - CIRCUMFIX: when a word uses a prefix marked with the CIRCUMFIX flag, then | |
| 2420 the word must also have a suffix marked with the CIRCUMFIX flag. It's a | |
| 2421 bit primitive, since only one flag is used, which doesn't allow matching | |
| 2422 specific prefixes with suffixes. | |
| 2423 Alternative: | |
| 2424 PSFX {flag} {pchop} {padd} {pcond} {schop} {sadd}[/flags] {scond} | |
| 2425 We might not need this at all, you can use the NEEDAFFIX flag and the | |
| 2426 affix which is required. | |
| 2427 - When a suffix has more than one syllable, it may count as a word for | |
| 809 | 2428 COMPOUNDWORDMAX. |
| 501 | 2429 - Add flags to count extra syllables in a word. SYLLABLEADD1 SYLLABLEADD2, |
| 2430 etc.? Or make it possible to specify the syllable count of a word | |
| 2431 directly, e.g., after another slash: /abc/3 | |
| 625 | 2432 - MORPHO item in affix file: ignore TAB and morphological field after |
| 2433 word/flags and affix. | |
| 501 | 2434 - Implement multiple flags for compound words and CMP item? |
| 2435 Await comments from other spell checking authors. | |
| 2436 - Also see tklspell: http://tkltrans.sourceforge.net/ | |
| 388 | 2437 8 Charles Campbell asks for method to add "contained" groups to existing |
| 2438 syntax items (to add @Spell). | |
| 2439 Add ":syntax contains {pattern} add=@Spell" command? A bit like ":syn | |
| 2440 cluster" but change the contains list directly for matching syntax items. | |
| 2441 - References: MySpell library (in OpenOffice.org). | |
| 2442 http://spellchecker.mozdev.org/source.html | |
| 2443 http://whiteboard.openoffice.org/source/browse/whiteboard/lingucomponent/source/spellcheck/myspell/ | |
| 2444 author: Kevin Hendricks <kevin.hendricks@sympatico.ca> | |
| 1624 | 2445 8 It is currently not possible to mark "can not" as rare, because "can" and |
| 2446 "not" are good words. Find a way to let "rare" overrule "good"? | |
| 388 | 2447 8 Make "en-rare" spell file? Ask Charles Campbell. |
| 2448 8 The English dictionaries for different regions are not consistent in their | |
| 2449 use of words with a dash. | |
| 2450 7 Insert mode completion mechanism that uses the spell word lists. | |
| 2451 8 Add hl groups to 'spelllang'? | |
| 2452 :set spelllang=en_us,en-rare/SpellRare,en-math/SpellMath | |
| 2453 More complicated: Regions with different languages? E.g., comments | |
| 2454 in English, strings in German (po file). | |
| 2455 | |
| 2456 | |
| 7 | 2457 Diff mode: |
| 1624 | 2458 9 Instead invoking an external diff program, use builtin code. One can be |
| 2459 found here: http://www.ioplex.com/~miallen/libmba/dl/src/diff.c | |
|
2348
8878a9f8db87
Rename w_p_conceal to w_p_conc for consistency.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2345
diff
changeset
|
2460 It's quite big and badly documented though. |
| 7 | 2461 8 Use diff mode to show the changes made in a buffer (compared to the file). |
| 2462 Use an unnamed buffer, like doing: | |
| 2463 new | set bt=nofile | r # | 0d_ | diffthis | wincmd p | diffthis | |
| 557 | 2464 Also show difference with the file when editing started? Should show what |
| 2465 can be undone. (Tom Popovich) | |
| 7 | 2466 7 Add cursor-binding: when moving the cursor in one diff'ed buffer, also |
| 2467 move it in other diff'ed buffers, so that CTRL-W commands go to the same | |
| 2468 location. | |
| 2469 | |
| 2470 | |
| 2471 Folding: | |
| 569 | 2472 (commands still available: zI zJ zK zp zP zq zQ zV zy zY; |
| 2473 secondary: zB zS zT zZ, z=) | |
| 1125 | 2474 8 Vertical folds: looks like vertically split windows, but the cursor moves |
| 2475 through the vertical separator, separator moves when scrolling. | |
| 40 | 2476 8 Add "z/" and "z?" for searching in not folded text only. |
| 1125 | 2477 9 Add search pattern item to only match in closed or open fold and/or fold |
| 2478 with certain level. Allows doing ":g/pat/cmd" to work on closed folds. | |
| 237 | 2479 7 Use "++--", "+++--" for different levels instead of "+---" "+----". |
| 7 | 2480 8 When a closed fold is displayed open because of 'foldminlines', the |
| 2481 behavior of commands is still like the fold is closed. How to make the | |
| 2482 user aware of this? | |
| 2483 8 Add an option 'foldskip' with values like 'foldopen' that specifies which | |
| 2484 commands skip over a closed fold. | |
| 2485 8 "H" and "L" count buffer lines instead of window lines. (Servatius Brandt) | |
| 2486 8 Add a way to add fold-plugins. Johannes Zellner has one for VB. | |
| 2487 7 When using manual folding, the undo command should also restore folds. | |
| 36 | 2488 - Allow completely hiding a closed fold. E.g., by setting 'foldtext' to an |
| 2489 empty string. Require showing a character in 'foldcolumn' to avoid the | |
| 2490 missing line goes unnoticed. | |
| 2491 How to implement this? | |
| 7 | 2492 - When pressing the down arrow of a scrollbar, a closed fold doesn't scroll |
| 2493 until after a long time. How to make scrolling with closed folds | |
| 2494 smoother? | |
| 2495 - When creating a session, also store folds for buffers in the buffer list, | |
| 2496 using the wininfo in wi_folds. | |
| 860 | 2497 - When currently editing the first file in the argument list the session |
| 2498 file can contain: | |
| 2499 args version.c main.c | |
| 2500 edit version.c | |
| 2501 Can editing version.c twice be avoided? | |
| 7 | 2502 - 'foldmethod' "textobject": fold on sections and paragraph text objects. |
| 625 | 2503 - "zuf": undo change in manual fold. "zUf" redo change in manual fold. How |
| 2504 to implement this? | |
| 7 | 2505 - "zJ" command: add the line or fold below the fold in the fold under the |
| 2506 cursor. | |
| 708 | 2507 - 'foldmethod' "syntax": "fold=3" argument: set fold level for a region or |
| 2508 match. | |
| 7 | 2509 - Apply a new foldlevel to a range of lines. (Steve Litt) |
| 36 | 2510 8 Have some way to restrict commands to not folded text. Also commands like |
| 7 | 2511 searches. |
| 2512 | |
| 2513 | |
| 2514 Multi-byte characters: | |
| 713 | 2515 - When editing a file with both utf-8 and latin1 text Vim always falls back |
| 2516 to latin1. Add a command to convert the latin1 characters to utf-8? | |
| 2517 :unmix utf-8,latin1 filename | |
| 2518 Would only work when 'encoding' is utf-8. | |
| 7 | 2519 9 When the tail byte of a double-byte character is illegal (e.g., a CR), the |
| 2520 display is messed up (Yasuhiro Matsumoto). Should check for illegal | |
| 2521 double-byte characters and display them differently (display each single | |
| 2522 byte). | |
|
2400
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2398
diff
changeset
|
2523 9 'fenc' in modeline problem: add option to reload the file when 'fenc' is |
|
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2398
diff
changeset
|
2524 set to a different value in a modeline? Option can be default on. Could |
|
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2398
diff
changeset
|
2525 it be done with an autocommand? |
| 7 | 2526 8 Add an item in 'fileencodings' to check the first lines of a file for |
| 2527 the encoding. See Python PEP: http://www.python.org/peps/pep-0263.html. | |
| 2528 To avoid getting a wrong encoding only accept something Emacs-like: | |
| 2529 "-*- coding: enc-na_me.foo -*-" and "-*- coding= enc-na_me.foo -*-" | |
| 2530 Match with "-\*-\s*coding[:=]\s*\([::word::-_.]\+\)\s*-\*-" and use first | |
| 2531 item. | |
| 2532 8 Add an item in 'fileencodings' to check the first line of an XML file for | |
| 237 | 2533 the encoding. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> Or "charset=UTF-8"? |
| 2534 For HTML look for "charset=utf-8". | |
| 7 | 2535 8 The quickfix file is read without conversion, thus in 'encoding'. Add an |
| 2536 option to specify the encoding of the errorfile and convert it. Also for | |
| 36 | 2537 ":grep" and ":helpgrep". |
| 38 | 2538 More generic solution: support a filter (e.g., by calling a function). |
| 7 | 2539 8 When a file was converted from 'fileencoding' to 'encoding', a tag search |
| 2540 should also do this on the search pattern. (Andrzej M. Ostruszka) | |
| 1624 | 2541 8 When filtering changes the encoding 'fileencoding' may not work. E.g., |
| 2542 when using xxd and 'fileencoding' is "utf-16". Add an option to set a | |
| 2543 different fileencoding for filter output? | |
| 7 | 2544 7 When converting a file fails, mention which byte could not be converted, |
| 2545 so that the user can fix the problem. | |
| 2546 8 Add configure option to be able to disable using the iconv library. (Udo | |
| 2547 Schweigert) | |
| 2548 9 'aleph' should be set to 1488 for Unicode. (Zvi Har'El) | |
| 2549 8 Should add test for using various commands with multi-byte characters. | |
| 2550 8 'infercase' doesn't work with multi-byte characters. | |
| 2551 8 toupper() function doesn't handle byte count changes. | |
| 1624 | 2552 7 Searching and composing characters: |
| 2553 When searching, should order of composing characters be ignored? | |
| 2554 Add special item to match with a composing character, zero-width, so that | |
| 2555 one can replace a base character and keep the composing characters. | |
| 2556 Add a special item to match with a composing character, so that composing | |
| 2557 characters can be manipulated. | |
| 2558 Add a modifier to ignore composing characters, only compare base | |
| 2559 characters. Useful for Hebrew (Ron Aaron) | |
| 7 | 2560 8 Should implement 'delcombine' for command line editing. |
| 2561 8 Detect overlong UTF-8 sequences and handle them like illegal bytes. | |
| 2562 8 ":s/x/\u\1/" doesn't work, making uppercase isn't done for multi-byte | |
| 2563 characters. | |
| 2564 8 UTF-8: "r" in Visual mode doesn't take composing characters. | |
| 2565 8 UTF-8: When there is a precomposed character in the font, use it instead | |
| 2566 of a character and a composing character. See xterm for an example. | |
| 2567 7 When a character can't be displayed, display its digraph instead. | |
| 2568 'display' option to specify this. | |
| 2569 7 Use ideas for nl_langinfo() from Markus Kuhn in enc_default(): | |
| 2570 (www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/langinfo.c) | |
| 2571 - GTK and Win32: Allow selecting fonts for 'guifontset' with the | |
| 2572 fontselector somehow. | |
| 2573 - GTK and Win32: make it possible to set the font for the menu to make it | |
| 2574 possible to have 'encoding' different from the current locale. | |
| 2575 - dbcs_class() only works for Japanese and Korean. Implement this for | |
| 2576 other encodings. The "euc-jp" and "euc-kr" choices might be wrong. | |
| 2577 - Find some way to automatically select the right GUI font or fontset, | |
| 2578 depending on the default value of 'encoding'. | |
| 2579 Irrelevant in the GTK+ 2 GUI so long as UTF-8 is used. | |
| 2580 For Windows, the charset_pairs[] table could be used. But how do we know | |
| 2581 if a font exists? | |
| 2582 - Do keyboard conversion from 'termencoding' to 'encoding' with | |
| 88 | 2583 convert_input() for Mac GUI and RiscOS GUI. |
| 7 | 2584 - Add mnemonics from RFC1345 longer than two characters. |
| 2585 Support CTRL-K _{mnemonic}_ | |
| 2586 7 In "-- INSERT (lang) --" show the name of the keymap used instead of | |
| 2587 "lang". (Ilya Dogolazky) | |
| 500 | 2588 - Make 'breakat' accept multi-byte characters. Problem: can't use a lookup |
| 2589 table anymore (breakat_flags[]). | |
| 2590 Simplistic solution: when 'formatoptions' contains "m" also break a line | |
| 2591 at a multi-byte character >= 0x100. | |
| 7 | 2592 - Add the possibility to enter mappings which are used whenever normal text |
| 2593 could be entered. E.g., for "f" command. But not in Normal mode. Sort | |
| 2594 of opposite of 'langmap'. Use ":tmap" command? | |
| 2595 - When breaking a line, take properties of multi-byte characters into | |
| 2596 account. The "linebreak" program from Bruno Haible can do it: | |
| 2597 ftp://ftp.ilog.fr/pub/Users/haible/gnu/linebreak-0.1.tar.gz | |
| 2598 But it's very complicated... | |
| 2599 | |
| 2600 | |
| 2601 Printing: | |
| 218 | 2602 7 Implement "undercurl" for printing. |
| 7 | 2603 - Add "page width" to wrap long lines. |
| 2604 - Win32: use a font dialog for setting 'printfont'. Can reuse the code for | |
| 2605 the 'guifont' dialog, put the common code in a separate function. | |
| 46 | 2606 - Add the file timestamp to the page header (with an option). (George |
| 2607 Reilly) | |
| 7 | 2608 - Win32: when 'printfont' is empty use 'guifont'. |
| 2609 - Unix: Use some dialog box to do the obvious settings (paper size, printer | |
| 2610 name, portrait/landscape, etc). | |
| 1125 | 2611 - PostScript: Only works for text that can be converted to an 8-bit |
| 2612 character set. How to support Unicode fully? | |
| 7 | 2613 - Allow specifying the paper size, instead of using a standard size. Same |
| 2614 units as for the margins. | |
| 2615 - Support right-to-left text? | |
| 2616 8 Make the foreground color darkening function preserve the hue of the | |
| 2617 color. | |
| 2618 | |
| 2619 | |
| 2620 Syntax highlighting: | |
| 2621 8 Make ":syn off" use 'runtimepath' instead of $VIMRUNTIME. (Gary Johnson) | |
| 2622 Should do the same for ":syn on" and ":syn manual". | |
| 2623 8 Support "containedin" argument for ":syn include", so that the defined | |
| 2624 cluster can be added to existing syntax items. | |
| 2625 8 C syntax: Don't highlight {} as errors inside () when used like this: | |
| 2626 "({ something })", often used in GCC code. | |
| 819 | 2627 7 Add a "startgroup" to a region. Used like "nextgroup" inside the region, |
| 2628 preferred item at the start of the region. (Charles Campbell) | |
| 7 | 2629 8 When editing a new file without a name and giving it a name (by writing |
| 2630 it) and 'filetype' is not set, detect the filetype. Avoid doing it for | |
| 2631 ":wq file". | |
| 1125 | 2632 7 For "nextgroup" we have skipwhite, skipnl and skipempty. It would be |
| 2633 really nice to be able to skip with a pattern. Or skip with a syntax | |
| 2634 group. (Nikolai Weibull, 2007 Feb 27) | |
| 7 | 2635 8 Make conversion to HTML faster (Write it in C or pre-compile the script). |
| 2636 9 There is still a redraw bug somewhere. Probably because a cached state is | |
| 2637 used in a wrong way. I can't reproduce it... | |
| 2638 7 Be able to change only the background highlighting. Useful for Diff* and | |
| 2639 Search highlighting. | |
| 747 | 2640 7 When 'number' is set highlight the number of the current line. |
| 2641 Must be enabled with an option, because it slows down display updating. | |
| 7 | 2642 8 Allow the user to add items to the Syntax menu sorted, without having to |
| 2643 change this for each release. | |
| 2644 8 Add a "matchcontains" for regions: items contained in the start or end | |
| 2645 pattern, but not in the body. | |
| 2646 8 Add a "keepend-contained" argument: Don't change the end of an item this | |
| 2647 one is contained in. Like "keepend" but specified on the contained item, | |
| 2648 instead of the containing item. | |
| 2649 8 cpp.vim: In C++ it's allowed to use {} inside (). | |
| 2650 8 Some syntax files set 'iskeyword'. When switching to another filetype | |
| 2651 this isn't reset. Add a special keyword definition for the syntax rules? | |
| 2652 When this is done, use vim.vim syntax highlighting for help file examples, | |
| 2653 but without ":" in 'iskeyword' for syntax. | |
| 2654 8 Add specific syntax item to match with parens/braces that don't have a | |
| 2655 "%" match. :syntax nomatch cMatchError (,{,[,),},] [contained] | |
| 2656 8 Highlight the text between two matching parens (e.g., with a grey | |
| 2657 background) when on one of the parens or in between them. | |
| 694 | 2658 Option for the matchparen plugin? |
| 7 | 2659 8 Add a command to jump to the next character highlighted with "Error". |
| 2660 8 When using a cterm, and no ctermfg or ctermbg are defined, use start/stop | |
| 2661 sequences. Add remark in docs that :if 'term' == "term-name" should be | |
| 2662 used. | |
| 2663 8 Add @spell cluster to String and Comment groups for many languages. Will | |
| 2664 allow spell checking. (Fleiner) | |
| 2665 8 When listing syntax items, try to sort the keywords alphabetically. And | |
| 2666 re-insert the [] if possible. | |
| 2667 8 Make it possible to use color of text for Visual highlight group (like for | |
| 2668 the Cursor). | |
| 557 | 2669 8 It would be useful to make the highlight group name an expression. Then |
| 2670 when there is a match, the expression would be evaluated to find out what | |
| 2671 highlight group to use. Could be used to check if the shell used in a | |
| 2672 password file appears in /etc/shells. (Nikolai Weibull) | |
| 2673 syn match =s:checkShell(v:match) contained 'pattern' | |
| 7 | 2674 8 Make it possible to only highlight a sub-expression of a match. Like |
| 2675 using "\1" in a ":s" command. | |
| 2676 8 Support for deleting syntax items: | |
| 2677 :syn keyword cTodo remove this | |
| 2678 :syn match cTodo remove "pattern" | |
| 2679 :syn region cString remove start="this" end="that" | |
| 2680 8 Add possibility to sync on something else, when the syncing in one way | |
| 2681 doesn't find match. For HTML: When no {script} is found, try looking for | |
| 2682 a '<'. (Fleiner) | |
| 2683 7 Replace the synchronizing method with a state machine specification? | |
| 2684 Should be able to start at any line in the file, search forwards or | |
| 2685 backwards, and use the result of matching a pattern. | |
| 2686 7 Use parsing like awk, so that e.g., a ( without a matching ) can be | |
| 2687 detected. | |
| 2688 8 Make it possible to use "inverted" highlighting, invert the original | |
| 237 | 2689 character. For Visual mode. (xterm-selection already does this). |
| 7 | 2690 8 Highlight non-printable characters with "SpecialChar", linked to |
| 2691 "Special". Display them with the digraph characters, if possible. | |
| 2692 8 Highlight the clipboard-selection with a highlight group. | |
| 2693 8 Be able to reset highlighting to its original (default) values. | |
| 2694 7 Be able to write current highlighting to a file as commands, similar to | |
| 2695 ":mkvimrc". | |
| 2696 8 Improve c.vim: | |
| 2697 - Add check for unterminated strings, with a variable to switch it on: | |
| 2698 "c_strict_ansi". | |
| 2699 - Detect unbalanced "#endif". Requires looking back a long way... | |
| 2700 8 Add an option to restrict the updating of syntax highlighting to the | |
| 2701 current line while in Insert mode. | |
| 2702 8 When guessing value of 'background', the syntax file has already been | |
| 2703 loaded (from the .gvimrc). After changing 'background', load it again? | |
| 2704 8 Add ":syn resync" command, to re-parse the whole file until the current | |
| 2705 display position. | |
| 2706 8 Should support "me" offset for a region start pattern. To be used to | |
| 2707 allow searching for the end pattern inside the match of the end pattern. | |
| 2708 Example: syn region pikeXX start="([^{]" end=")" should work on "()". | |
| 2709 8 When using a regexp for "contains=", should delay matching with it until | |
| 2710 redrawing happens. Set a flag when a group is added, check this flag when | |
| 2711 highlighting starts. | |
| 1125 | 2712 8 Some terminals can display colors like the GUI. Add some setting to use |
| 2713 GUI colors for the terminal? With something to define the escape | |
| 2714 sequence. | |
| 844 | 2715 7 It's possible for an item to be transparent, so that the colors of an item |
| 2716 lower on the stack is used. Also do this with highlighting, so that the | |
| 2717 user can set transparent highlighting? E.g. a number in a C comment would | |
| 2718 get the color of a comment, a number in an assignment Normal. (Nikolai | |
| 2719 Weibull) | |
| 7 | 2720 7 Add "semitrans": Add highlighting. E.g., make the text bold, but keep the |
| 2721 colors. And add colors, so that Green+Red becomes Yellow. | |
| 2722 E.g. for this html: | |
| 2723 <B> bold text <I> italic+bold text </B> italic text </I> | |
| 2724 7 CTRL-] checks the highlight group for finding out what the tag is. | |
| 2725 7 Add an explanation how a list of words can be used to highlight misspelled | |
| 2726 words. | |
| 2727 8 Add more command line completion for :syntax. | |
| 2728 8 Add more command line completion for :highlight. | |
| 2729 7 Should find a better way to parse the :syntax and :highlight commands. | |
| 2730 Use tables or lists that can be shared by parsing for execution and | |
| 2731 completion? | |
| 2732 8 Add ColorSchemePost autocommand event, so that scripts can set up their | |
| 2733 highlighting. (Salman Halim) | |
| 2734 7 Add a few sets of colors (e.g. Borland Turbo C one). With a menu to | |
| 2735 select one of the sets. | |
| 2736 8 Add offsets to sub-matches: "\(a*\) *"he=e1-1 | |
| 2737 'e' is end of match 'e1' is end of sub-match 1, 's2' is start of submatch | |
| 2738 2, etc. | |
| 2739 8 In Insert mode, when there are typeahead characters, postpone the | |
| 2740 highlighting (for "." command). | |
| 2741 8 Syncing on comments isn't 100% correct when / / lines mix with / * and * /. | |
| 2742 For example: What about a line that starts with / / and contains * /? | |
| 2743 8 Ignore / * and * / inside strings, when syncing. | |
| 2744 7 Build a few more syntax files from the file "/usr/share/misc/vgrindefs": | |
| 2745 ISP, LDL, Icon, ratfor. And check "nedit/source/highlight.c". | |
| 2746 6 Add possibility to have background color continue until the right edge of | |
| 2747 the window. Useful for comment blocks and function headings. (Rogall) | |
| 2748 - Make it possible to add "contains" items for all items in a group. Useful | |
| 2749 when extending an already existing syntax file. | |
| 2750 - Add line-continuation pattern for non-syncing items too? | |
| 2751 - Add possibility to highlight the whole line, including the right margin | |
| 2752 (for comment blocks). | |
| 2753 - Add 'hlmatch' option: List of flags: | |
| 2754 'c': highlight match for character under the cursor. | |
| 2755 'b': highlight the previous (, and its match. | |
| 2756 'a': highlight all text from the previous ( until its match. | |
| 2757 Also for {}, <>, etc.? | |
| 2758 'e': highlight all braces without a match (slow?) | |
| 2759 OR: add an argument "cursor" to the syntax command, which means that the | |
| 2760 region/match/keyword is only highlighted when the cursor is on it. | |
| 2761 (Campbell) | |
| 2762 Or do it like Elvis: define text objects and how to highlight them around | |
| 2763 the cursor. (Iain Truskett) | |
| 2764 7 Make it possible to use all words in the tags files as Keyword. | |
| 2765 Can also be done with a script (but it's slow). | |
| 2766 7 Make it possible to call a ":" command when a match is found. Should | |
| 2767 allow for adding keywords from the text (e.g. variables that are set). | |
| 2768 And allows for sections with different highlighting. | |
| 2769 7 Add highlight group for commandline: "Commandline". Make sure it | |
| 2770 highlights the command line while typing a command, and any output from | |
| 2771 messages. And external commands? | |
| 2772 8 Make a version that works like less, but with highlighting: read stdin for | |
| 2773 text, exit at end of file, don't allow editing, etc. moreim? lessim? | |
| 2774 7 SpecialKey highlighting overrules syntax highlighting. Can't give an | |
| 2775 unprintable char another color. Would be useful for ^M at end of line. | |
| 2776 | |
| 2777 | |
| 2778 Built-in script language: | |
| 1624 | 2779 8 Make the filename and line number available to script functions, so that |
| 2780 they can give useful debugging info. The whole call stack would be ideal. | |
| 713 | 2781 7 Execute a function with standard option values. No need to save and |
| 2782 restore option values. Especially useful for new options. Problem: how | |
| 2783 to avoid a performance penalty (esp. for string options)? | |
| 7 | 2784 8 Add referring to key options with "&t_xx". Both for "echo &t_xx" and |
| 2785 ":let &t_xx =". Useful for making portable mappings. | |
| 1125 | 2786 - Add ":let var ?= value", conditional assignment. Patch by Dave Eggum, |
| 2787 2006 Dec 11. | |
| 2788 - range for ":exec", pass it on to the executed command. (Webb) | |
|
2325
f177a6431514
Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2324
diff
changeset
|
2789 8 ":{range}source": source the lines from the current file. |
|
f177a6431514
Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2324
diff
changeset
|
2790 You can already yank lines and use :@" to execute them. |
|
f177a6431514
Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2324
diff
changeset
|
2791 Most of do_source() would not be used, need a new function. |
|
f177a6431514
Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2324
diff
changeset
|
2792 It's easy when not doing breakpoints or profiling. |
|
f177a6431514
Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2324
diff
changeset
|
2793 Requires copying the lines into a list and then creating a function to |
|
f177a6431514
Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2324
diff
changeset
|
2794 execute lines from the list. Similar to getnextac(). |
| 720 | 2795 7 ":include" command: just like ":source" but doesn't start a new scriptID? |
| 2796 Will be tricky for the list of script names. | |
| 7 | 2797 8 Have a look at VSEL. Would it be useful to include? (Bigham) |
| 2798 8 Add ":fungroup" command, to group function definitions together. When | |
| 2799 encountered, all functions in the group are removed. Suggest using an | |
| 2800 obscure name to avoid name clashes. Require a ":fungroup END" in the same | |
| 2801 sourced file? Assume the group ends at the end of the file. Handle | |
| 2802 nested packages? | |
| 2803 Alternative: Support packages. {package-name}:{function-name}(). | |
| 2804 Packages are loaded automatically when first used, from | |
| 2805 $VIMRUNTIME/packages (or use a search path). | |
| 2806 7 Pre-parse or compile Vim scripts into a bytecode. | |
| 2807 1. Put the bytecode with the original script, with an ":if | |
| 2808 has('bytecode')" around it, so that it's only used with a Vim that | |
| 2809 supports it. Update the code with a command, can be used in an | |
| 2810 autocommand. | |
| 2811 2. Use a ".vic" file (like Python use .pyc). Create it when writing a | |
| 2812 .vim file. Problem: distribution. | |
| 2813 3. Use a cache directory for each user. How to recognize which cached | |
| 2814 file belongs to a sourced script? | |
| 2815 7 Add argument to winwidth() to subtract the space taken by 'foldcolumn', | |
| 2816 signs and/or 'number'. | |
| 1125 | 2817 6 Add ++ and -- operators? They only work on variables (lvals), how to |
| 2818 implement this? | |
| 7 | 2819 8 Add functions: |
| 1125 | 2820 has(":command") Check if ":command" works. compare function |
| 2821 with "ex_ni". E.g. for ":simalt". | |
| 2822 system() With a List argument. Bypasses the shell, use | |
| 2823 exec() directly. (Bob Hiestand) | |
| 2824 escape() Add argument to specify what to escape with. | |
| 2825 modestack() Instead of just the current mode return the | |
| 2826 stack of Insert / CTRL-O / :normal things. | |
| 20 | 2827 realname() Get user name (first, last, full) |
| 2828 user_fullname() patch by Nikolai Weibull, Nov | |
| 2829 3 2002 | |
| 2830 Only add this when also implemented for | |
| 2831 non-Unix systems, otherwise a shell cmd could | |
| 2832 be used. | |
| 2833 get_user_name() gets login name. | |
| 18 | 2834 menuprop({name}, {idx}, {what}) |
| 2835 Get menu property of menu {name} item {idx}. | |
| 2836 menuprop("", 1, "name") returns "File". | |
| 2837 menuprop("File", 1, "n") returns "nmenu | |
| 2838 File.Open..." argument. | |
| 2839 Patch by Ilya Sher, 2004 Apr 22 | |
| 2840 Return a list of menus and/or a dictionary | |
| 2841 with properties instead. | |
| 2842 mapname({idx}, mode) return the name of the idx'th mapping. | |
| 2843 Patch by Ilya Sher, 2004 Mar 4. | |
| 2844 Return a list instead. | |
| 170 | 2845 char2hex() convert char string to hex string. |
| 7 | 2846 attributes() return file protection flags "drwxrwxrwx" |
| 170 | 2847 filecopy(from, to) Copy a file |
| 2848 shorten(fname) shorten a file name, like home_replace() | |
| 7 | 2849 perl(cmd) call Perl and return string |
| 2850 inputrl() like input() but right-to-left | |
| 1624 | 2851 typed() return the characters typed and consumed (to |
| 2852 find out what happened) | |
| 7 | 2853 virtualmode() add argument to obtain whether "$" was used in |
| 2854 Visual block mode. | |
| 2855 getacp() Win32: get codepage (Glenn Maynard) | |
| 2856 deletebufline() delete line in any buffer | |
| 2857 appendbufline() append line in any buffer | |
| 2858 libcall() Allow more than one argument. | |
| 2859 libcallext() Like libcall(), but using a callback function | |
| 2860 to allow the library to execute a command or | |
| 2861 evaluate an expression. | |
| 2862 7 Make bufname("'0") return the buffer name from mark '0. How to get the | |
| 2863 column and line number? col("'0") currently returns zero. | |
| 2864 8 argc() returns 0 when using "vim -t tag". How to detect that no file was | |
| 2865 specified in any way? To be able to jump to the last edited file. | |
| 1125 | 2866 8 Pass the command line arguments to Vim scripts in some way. As v:args |
| 2867 List? Or extra parameter to argv()? | |
| 7 | 2868 8 Add command arguments with three dashes, passed on to Vim scripts. |
| 2869 7 Add optional arguments to user functions: | |
| 2870 :func myFunc(arg1, arg2, arg3 = "blah", arg4 = 17) | |
| 2871 6 User functions: Functions local to buffer "b:func()"? | |
| 694 | 2872 8 For Strings add ":let var[{expr}] = {expr}". When past the end of "var" |
| 2873 just ignore. | |
| 7 | 2874 8 The "= register should be writable, if followed by the name of a variable, |
| 2875 option or environment variable. | |
| 2876 8 ":let &option" should list the value of the option. | |
| 1125 | 2877 8 ":let Func().foo = value" should work, also when "foo" doesn't exist. |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2878 Also: ":let Func()[foo] = value" should work. Same for a List. |
| 694 | 2879 7 Add synIDlist(), making the whole list of syntax items on the syntax stack |
| 2880 available as a List. | |
| 7 | 2881 8 Add autocommand-event for when a variable is changed: |
| 2882 :au VarChanged {varname} {commands} | |
| 2883 8 Add "has("gui_capable")", to check if the GUI can be started. | |
| 2884 8 Add possibility to use variables like registers: characterwise (default), | |
| 2885 linewise (when ending in '\n'), blockwise (when ending in '\001'). reg0, | |
| 2886 rega, reg%, etc. Add functions linewise({expr}), blockwise({expr}) and | |
| 2887 charwise({expr}). | |
| 2888 7 Make it possible to do any command on a string variable (make a buffer | |
| 2889 with one line, containing the string). Maybe add an (invisible) scratch | |
| 2890 buffer for this? | |
| 2891 result = scratch(string, command) | |
| 2892 result = apply(string, command) | |
| 2893 result = execute(string, command) | |
| 2894 "command" would use <> notation. | |
| 2895 Does scratch buffer have a number? Or re-use same number? | |
| 2896 7 Add function to generate unique number (date in milliseconds). | |
| 2897 | |
| 2898 | |
| 2899 Robustness: | |
| 11 | 2900 6 Add file locking. Lock a file when starting to edit it with flock() or |
| 2901 fcntl(). This patch has advisory file locking while reading/writing | |
| 2902 the file for Vim 5.4: ~/vim/patches/kahn_file_locking . | |
| 2903 The patch is incomplete (needs support for more systems, autoconf). | |
| 2904 Andy doesn't have time to work on it. | |
| 2905 Disadvantage: Need to find ways to gracefully handle failure to obtain a | |
| 2906 lock. When to release a lock: When buffer is unloaded? | |
| 7 | 2907 |
| 2908 | |
| 2909 Performance: | |
| 1668 | 2910 7 For string variables up to 3 bytes don't allocate memory, use v_list |
| 2911 itself as a character array. Use VAR_SSTRING (short string). | |
|
2400
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2398
diff
changeset
|
2912 7 Add 'lazysize' option: Above this size Vim doesn't load everything before |
|
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2398
diff
changeset
|
2913 starting to edit a file. Things like 'fileencodings' only work up to this |
|
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2398
diff
changeset
|
2914 size, modelines only work at the top. Useful for large log files where |
|
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2398
diff
changeset
|
2915 you only want to look at the first few pages. Use zero to disable it. |
| 1668 | 2916 8 move_lines() copies every line into allocated memory, making reloading a |
| 2917 buffer a lot slower than re-editing the file. Can the memline be locked | |
| 2918 so that we don't need to make a copy? Or avoid invoking ml_updatechunk(), | |
| 2919 that is taking a lot of time. (Ralf Wildenhues, 2008 Jul 7) | |
|
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2287
diff
changeset
|
2920 With a patch, but does it work? |
| 1125 | 2921 8 Instead of loading rgb.txt every time a color wasn't recognized load it |
| 2922 once and keep it in memory. Move the code to a common place to avoid | |
| 2923 repeating it in various system files. | |
| 7 | 2924 8 Turn b_syn_ic and b_syn_containedin into b_syn_flags. |
| 2925 9 Loading menu.vim still takes quite a bit of time. How to make it faster? | |
| 2926 8 in_id_list() takes much time for syntax highlighting. Cache the result? | |
| 2927 7 setpcmark() shifts the jumplist, this takes quite a bit of time when | |
| 2928 jumping around. Instead use an index for the start? | |
| 2929 8 When displaying a space with only foreground highlighting, it's the same | |
| 2930 as a space without attributes. Avoid displaying spaces for the "~" lines | |
| 2931 when starting up in a color terminal. | |
| 2932 8 Avoid alloc() for scratch buffer use, esp. in syntax.c. It's very slow on | |
| 2933 Win16. | |
| 2934 8 Profiling shows that in_id_list() is used very often for C code. Can this | |
| 2935 function be improved? | |
| 2936 8 For an existing file, the page size of the swap file is always the | |
| 2937 default, instead of using the block size of the device, because the swap | |
| 2938 file is created only after setting the block size in mf_open(). How can | |
| 2939 this be improved? | |
| 2940 8 Set default for 'ttyscroll' to half a screen height? Should speed up | |
| 2941 MS-DOS version. (Negri) | |
| 36 | 2942 7 C syntax highlighting gets a lot slower after ":set foldmethod=syntax". |
| 2943 (Charles Campbell) Inserting a "{" is very slow. (dman) | |
| 7 | 2944 7 HTML syntax highlighting is slow for long lines. Try displaying |
| 2945 http://www.theregister.co.uk/content/4/22908.html. (Andre Pang) | |
| 2946 7 Check how performance of loading the wordlist can be improved (adding a | |
| 2947 lot of abbreviations). | |
| 2587 | 2948 7 MS-DOS console: Add t_DL support, to make scrolling faster. |
| 7 | 2949 7 Compile Ex commands to byte codes. Store byte codes in a vim script file |
| 2950 at the end, after "compiled:. Make it look like a single comment line | |
| 2951 for old Vim versions. Insert first line "Vim script compiled <timestamp>. | |
| 2952 Only used compiled code when timestamp matches the file stat. | |
| 2953 Add command to compile a vim script and add it to the file in-place. | |
| 2954 Split Ex command executing into a parsing and executing phase. | |
| 2955 Use compiled code for functions, while loops, etc. | |
| 2956 8 When editing a file with extremely long lines (e.g., an executable), the | |
| 2957 "linerest" in readfile() is allocated twice to be able to copy what was | |
| 2958 read so far. Use realloc() instead? Or split the line when allocating | |
| 2959 memory fails and "linerest" is big (> 100000)? | |
| 2960 8 When defining autocommands (e.g., from $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim), need to | |
| 2961 compare each pattern with all existing patterns. Use a hash code to avoid | |
| 2962 using strcmp() too often? | |
| 2963 7 Include turbo_loader patches, speeding up reading a file? | |
| 2964 Speed up reading a file by reading it into a fixed-size buffer, creating | |
| 2965 the list of indexes in another buffer, and then copying the result into a | |
| 2966 memfile block with two copies. Then read the next block into another | |
| 2967 fixed-size buffer, create the second list of indexes and copy text from | |
| 2968 the two blocks to the memfile block. | |
| 2969 7 do_cmdline(): Avoid that the command line is copied to allocated memory | |
| 2970 and freed again later all the time. For while loops, and for when called | |
| 2971 with an argument that can be messed with. | |
| 2972 Generic solution: Make a struct that contains a pointer and a flag that | |
| 2973 indicates if the pointer should be freed when replaced. | |
| 2974 7 Check that the file size is not more than "sizeof(long)". | |
| 2975 - Further improve finding mappings in maphash[] in vgetorpeek() | |
| 2976 8 Syntax highlighting is slow when deleting lines. Try in | |
| 2977 $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim. | |
| 2978 - "out of memory" after deleting (1,$d) and changing (:%s/^/> /) a lot of | |
| 2979 lines (27000) a few times. Memory fragmentation? | |
| 2980 - Have a look at how pdksh does memory allocation (alloc.c). (Dalecki) | |
| 2981 - Do profiling on: | |
| 2982 - :g/pat/normal cmd | |
| 2983 - 1000ii<Esc> | |
| 2984 - deleting 10Mbyte worth of lines (netscape binary) | |
| 2985 - "[i" and "[d" (Yegappan Lakshmanan) | |
| 2986 - ":g/^/m0" on a 450Kbyte file. And the "u". | |
| 2987 - highlighting "~/vim/test/longline.tex", "~/vim/test/scwoop.tcl" and | |
| 2988 "~/vim/test/lockup.pl". | |
| 2989 - loading a syntax file to highlight all words not from a dictionary. | |
| 587 | 2990 - editing a Vim script with syntax highlighting on (loading vim.vim). |
| 7 | 2991 7 Screen updating can be further improved by only redrawing lines that were |
| 2992 changed (and lines after them, when syntax highlighting was used, and it | |
| 2993 changed). | |
| 2994 - On each change, remember start and end of the change. | |
| 2995 - When inserting/deleting lines, remember begin, end, and line count. | |
| 2996 - Use macros/duarte/capicua for profiling. Nvi 1.71 is the fastest! | |
| 2997 - When using a file with one long line (1Mbyte), then do "$hhhh", is still | |
| 2998 very slow. Avoid calling getvcol() for each "h"? | |
| 2999 - Executing a register, e.g. "10000@@" is slow, because ins_typebuf has to | |
| 3000 move the previous commands forward each time. Pass count from | |
| 3001 normal_cmd() down to do_execreg(). | |
| 3002 - Repeating insert "1000i-<Esc>" displays --INSERT-- all the time, because of | |
| 3003 the <Esc> at the end. Make this work faster (disable redrawing). | |
| 3004 - Avoid calls to plines() for cursor line, use w_cline_height. | |
| 3005 - After ":set nowrap" remove superfluous redraw with wrong hor. offset if | |
| 3006 cursor is right of the screen. | |
| 3007 8 Make CTRL-C on Unix generate a signal, avoid using select() to check for a | |
| 3008 CTRL-C (it's slow). | |
| 3009 | |
| 3010 | |
| 3011 Code size: | |
| 3012 8 GUI: When NO_CONSOLE is defined, more code can be excluded. | |
| 3013 - Put getline() and cookie in a struct, so only one argument has to be | |
| 3014 passed to do_cmdline() and other functions. | |
| 3015 8 Make a GUI-only version for Unix? | |
| 3016 8 In buf_write _() isn't needed when setting errmsg, do it once when using | |
| 3017 it. | |
| 3018 7 When compiling with a GUI-only version, the code for cterm colors can be | |
| 3019 left out. | |
| 3020 8 When compiled with a GUI-only version, the termcap entries for terminals | |
| 3021 can be removed. | |
| 3022 8 Can the check for libelf in configure.in be removed? | |
| 3023 | |
| 3024 | |
| 3025 Messages: | |
| 3026 8 When using ":q" in a changed file, the error says to "add !". Add the | |
| 3027 command so that beginners understand it: "use :q!". | |
| 3028 8 For 'verbose' level 12 prints commands from source'ed files. How to skip | |
| 3029 lines that aren't executed? Perhaps move the echoing to do_cmdline()? | |
| 3030 8 Use 'report' for ":bdel"? (Krishna) To avoid these messages when using a | |
| 3031 script. | |
| 3032 - Delete message after new command has been entered and have waited for key. | |
| 3033 Perhaps after ten seconds? | |
| 3034 - Make message history available in "msg" variables: msg1, msg2, .. msg9. | |
| 1125 | 3035 8 When reading from stdin allow suppressing the "reading from stdin" |
| 3036 message. | |
| 7 | 3037 9 Check handling of overwriting of messages and delays: |
| 3038 Very wrong: errors while redrawing cause endless loop. | |
| 3039 When switching to another file and screen scrolls because of the long | |
| 3040 message and return must be typed, don't scroll the screen back before | |
| 3041 redrawing. | |
| 3042 8 When address range is wrong you only get "Invalid range". Be a bit more | |
| 3043 specific: Negative, beyond last line, reverse range? Include the text. | |
| 3044 8 Make it possible to ignore errors for a moment ('errorignore'?). Another | |
| 3045 option to switch off giving error messages ('errorquiet'?). Also an option | |
| 3046 not to give any messages ('quiet')? Or ":quiet on", ":quiet off". | |
| 3047 Careful: For a severe error (out of memory), and when the user starts | |
| 3048 typing, error messages must be switched back on. | |
| 3049 Also a flag to ignore error messages for shell commands (for mappings). | |
| 237 | 3050 - Option to set time for emsg() sleep. Interrupt sleep when key is typed? |
| 587 | 3051 Sleep before second message? |
| 7 | 3052 8 In Ex silent mode or when reading commands from a file, what exactly is |
| 3053 not printed and what is? Check ":print", ":set all", ":args", ":vers", | |
| 3054 etc. At least there should be no prompt. (Smulders) And don't clear the | |
| 3055 screen when reading commands from stdin. (Kendall) | |
| 3056 --> Make a difference between informative messages, prompts, etc. and | |
| 3057 error messages, printing text, etc. | |
| 3058 8 Window should be redrawn when resizing at the hit-enter prompt. | |
| 3059 Also at the ":tselect" prompt. Find a generic solution for redrawing when | |
| 3060 a prompt is present (with a callback function?). | |
| 3061 | |
| 3062 | |
| 3063 Screen updating: | |
| 3064 7 Add a string to the 'display' option to make CTRL-E and CTRL-Y scroll one | |
| 3065 screen line, also if this means the first line doesn't start with the | |
| 3066 first character (like what happens with a single line that doesn't fit). | |
| 3067 - screen_line(): | |
| 3068 - insert/delete character stuff. | |
| 3069 - improve delete rest of line (spaces at end of line). | |
| 3070 - When moving or resizing window, try to avoid a complete redraw (esp. when | |
| 3071 dragging the status line with the mouse). | |
| 3072 - When 'lazyredraw' set, don't echo :ex commands? Need a flag to redraw when | |
| 3073 waiting for a character. | |
| 3074 8 Add a ":refresh [winnr]" command, to force updating a window. Useful from | |
| 3075 an event handler where ":normal" can't be used. Also useful when | |
| 3076 'lazyredraw' is set in a mapping. | |
| 3077 7 Make 'list' and 'linebreak' work together. | |
| 3078 | |
| 3079 | |
| 3080 Scrolling: | |
| 2587 | 3081 8 Add "zy" command: scroll horizontally to put the cursor in the middle. |
| 7 | 3082 6 Add option to set the overlap for CTRL-F and CTRL-B. (Garhi) |
| 3083 - extend 'scrollbind' option: 'scrollopt' words "search", "relative", etc.. | |
| 3084 Also 'e'xecute some commands (search, vertical movements) in all bound | |
| 3085 windows. | |
| 3086 7 Add 'scrollbind' feature to make the offset of one window with the next | |
| 3087 one equal to the window height. When editing one file in both windows it | |
| 3088 looks like each window displays a page of the buffer. | |
| 3089 - Allow scrolling by dragging with the mouse (grab a character and move it | |
| 3090 up/down). Like the "hand" in Acrobat reader. Use Alt-LeftMouse for this? | |
| 3091 (Goldfarb) | |
| 3092 - Add command to execute some commands (search, vertical movements) in all | |
| 3093 bound windows. | |
| 3094 - Add 'search' option to 'scrollopt' to allow 'scrollbind' windows to | |
| 3095 be bound by regexp searches | |
| 9 | 3096 - Add "z>" and "z<": scroll sideways one screenful. (Campbell) |
| 7 | 3097 - Add option to set the number of lines when not to scroll, instead of the |
| 3098 fixed number used now (for terminals that scroll slow with a large number | |
| 3099 of lines but not with a single line). | |
| 3100 | |
| 3101 | |
| 3102 Autoconf: | |
| 3103 8 Should use acconfig.h to define prototypes that are used by autoheader. | |
| 3104 8 Some compilers don't give an error for "-OPT:Olimit" but a warning. (Webb) | |
| 3105 Add a check for the warning, so that "Olimit" can be added automatically? | |
| 3106 - Autoconf: Use @datadir@ for the system independent files. Make sure the | |
| 3107 system dependent and system independent files are separated. (Leitner). | |
| 3108 - Add autoconf check for waitpid()/wait4(). | |
| 3109 - Remove fcntl() from autoconf, all systems have it? | |
| 3110 - Set default for 'dictionary', add search for dictionary to autoconf. | |
| 3111 | |
| 3112 | |
| 3113 Perl interface: | |
| 3114 8 Rename typemap file to something else? | |
| 3115 7 Make buffers accessed as Perl arrays. (Clark) | |
| 3116 7 Make it possible to compile with non-ANSI C? | |
| 3117 6 Tcl/Tk has the "load" command: load a shared library (.so or .dll). | |
| 3118 | |
| 3119 | |
| 3120 Shared libraries: | |
| 3121 6 Add support for loading shared libraries, and calling functions in it. | |
| 3122 :libload internal-name libname | |
| 3123 :libunload internal-name | |
| 3124 :liblist | |
| 3125 :libcall internal-name function(arg1, arg2, ...) | |
| 3126 :libcall function(arg1, arg2, ...) | |
| 3127 libcall() can have only one integer or String argument at the moment. | |
| 3128 6 Have a look on how Perl handles loading dynamic libraries. | |
| 3129 | |
| 3130 | |
| 3131 Tags: | |
| 824 | 3132 9 With ":set tags=./tags,../tags" and a tag appears in both tags files it is |
| 3133 added twice. Requires figuring out the actual file name for each found | |
| 3134 match. Remove tag_fname from the match and combine it with the fname in | |
| 3135 the match (without expanding or other things that take time). When | |
| 3136 'tagrelative' is off tag_fname isn't needed at all. | |
| 1668 | 3137 8 For 'tags' wildcard in the file name is not supported, only in the path. |
| 3138 This is due to it using |file-searching|. Suboptimal solution would be to | |
| 3139 make the filename or the whole option use |wildcards| globing, better | |
|
2324
0a258a67051d
In Visual mode with 'showcmd' display the number of bytes and characters.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2320
diff
changeset
|
3140 would be to merge the 2 kinds of globing. originally (Erik Falor, 2008 |
| 1668 | 3141 April 18), updated (Ian Kelling, 2008 July 4) |
| 857 | 3142 8 Use a mechanism similar to omni completion to figure out the kind of tab |
| 3143 for CTRL-] and jump to the appropriate matching tag (if there are | |
| 3144 several). | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3145 Alternative: be able to define a function that takes the tag name and uses |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3146 taglist() to find the right location. With indication of using CTRL-] so |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3147 that the context can be taken into account. (Robert Webb) |
| 667 | 3148 7 Can CTRL-] (jump to tag) include a following "." and "->" to restrict the |
| 3149 number of possible matches? Check tags file for an item that has members. | |
| 3150 (Flemming Madsen) | |
| 7 | 3151 8 Scope arguments for ":tag", e.g.: ":tag class:cPage open", like Elvis. |
| 3152 8 When output of ":tselect" is long, getting the more-prompt, should be able | |
| 3153 to type the tag number directly. | |
| 3154 7 Add the possibility to use the "-t {tag}" argument multiple times. Open a | |
| 3155 window for each tag. | |
| 3156 7 Make output of ":tselect" a bit nicer. Use highlighting? | |
| 3157 7 Highlight the "tag 1 of >2" message. New highlight group, or same as "hit | |
| 3158 bottom" search message. | |
| 3159 7 When using ":tag" at the top of the tag stack, should add another entry, | |
| 3160 so CTRL-T can bring you back to where you are now AND to where you were | |
| 3161 before the previous ":tag" command. (Webb) | |
| 150 | 3162 - When doing "[^I" or "[^D" add position to tag stack. |
| 3163 - Add command to put current position to tag stack: ":tpush". | |
| 1125 | 3164 - Add functions to save and restore the tag stack? Or a command to switch |
| 3165 to another tag stack? So that you can do something else and come back to | |
| 3166 what you were working on. | |
| 7 | 3167 7 When using CTRL-] on someClass::someMethod, separate class from method and |
| 3168 use ":ta class:someClass someMethod". | |
| 3169 Include C++ tags changes (Bertin). Change "class::func" tag into "func" | |
| 3170 with "class=class"? Docs in oldmail/bertin/in.xxx. | |
| 3171 7 Add ":tagargs", to set values for fields: | |
| 3172 :tagargs class:someclass file:version.c | |
| 3173 :tagargs clear | |
| 3174 These are then the default values (changes the order of priority in tag | |
| 3175 matching). | |
| 3176 7 Support for "gtags" and "global"? With ":rtag" command? | |
| 3177 There is an example for how to do this in Nvi. | |
| 3178 Or do it like Elvis: 'tagprg' and 'tagprgonce' options. (Yamaguchi) | |
| 3179 The Elvis method is far more flexible, do it that way. | |
| 3180 7 Support "col:99" extra field, to position the cursor in that column. With | |
| 3181 a flag in 'cpoptions' to switch it off again. | |
| 3182 7 Better support for jumping to where a function or variable is used. Use | |
| 3183 the id-utils, with a connection to "gid" (Emacs can do it too). Add | |
| 3184 ":idselect", which uses an "ID" database (made by "mkid") like "tselect". | |
| 3185 | |
| 3186 | |
| 3187 Win32 GUI: | |
| 3188 8 Make debug mode work while starting up (vim -D). Open console window for | |
| 3189 the message and input? | |
| 3190 7 The Python interface only works with one version of Python, selected at | |
| 3191 compile time. Can this be made to work with version 2.1 and 2.2 | |
| 3192 dynamically? | |
| 3193 7 GvimExt: when there are several existing Vims, move the list to a submenu. | |
| 3194 (Mike McCollister) | |
| 3195 8 When using "Edit with Vim" for one file it changes directory, when several | |
| 3196 files are selected and using "Edit with single Vim" the directory isn't | |
| 3197 changed. At least change directory when the path is the same for all | |
| 3198 files. Perhaps just use the path of the first file or use the longest | |
| 3199 common part of the path. | |
| 3200 8 Add font argument to set the lfCharSet. (Bobcik) | |
| 3201 8 Somehow automatically detect the system language and set $LANG, so that | |
| 3202 gettext and menus work. | |
| 3203 8 Could keep console open to run multiple commands, to avoid the need to hit | |
| 3204 return in every console. | |
|
2207
b17bbfa96fa0
Add the settabvar() and gettabvar() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2206
diff
changeset
|
3205 Also: Look at how Emacs does run external commands: |
| 7 | 3206 http://www.cs.washington.edu/homes/voelker/ntemacs.html. |
| 3207 8 Need a separate PopUp menu for modeless selection. Need two new commands: | |
| 3208 Copy selection to clipboard, Paste selection (as typed text). | |
| 3209 8 Support copy/paste for other file formats. At least HTML, perhaps RTF. | |
| 3210 Add "copy special" and "paste special" commands? | |
| 3211 7 Use different default colors, to match the current Windows color scheme. | |
| 3212 Sys_WindowText, Sys_Window, etc. (Lionel Schaffhauser) | |
| 3213 7 Use <C-Tab> to cycle through open windows (e.g., the find dialog). | |
| 3214 7 <Esc> should close a dialog. | |
| 3215 7 Keep the console for external commands open. Don't wait for a key to be | |
| 3216 hit. Re-open it when the user has closed it anyway. Or use a prepended | |
| 3217 command: ":nowait {cmd}", or ":quiet", which executes {cmd} without any | |
| 3218 prompts. | |
| 3219 7 Should be able to set an option so that when you double click a file that | |
| 3220 is associated with Vim, you can either get a new instance of Vim, or have | |
| 3221 the file added into an already running Vim. | |
| 3222 7 The "-P" argument only works for the current codepage. Use wide | |
| 3223 functions to find the window title. | |
| 3224 | |
| 3225 | |
| 3226 GUI: | |
| 3227 8 Make inputdialog() work for Photon, Amiga, RiscOS. | |
| 3228 - <C--> cannot be mapped. Should be possible to recognize this as a | |
| 3229 normal "-" with the Ctrl modifier. | |
| 3230 7 Implement ":popup" for other systems than Windows. | |
| 3231 8 Implement ":tearoff" for other systems than Win32 GUI. | |
| 3232 6 Implement ":untearoff": hide a torn-off menu. | |
| 3233 8 When using the scrollbar to scroll, don't move the cursor position. When | |
| 3234 moving the cursor: scroll to the cursor position. | |
| 3235 9 Make <S-Insert> paste from the clipboard by default. (Kunze) | |
| 3236 7 Menu local to a buffer, like mappings. Or local to a filetype? | |
| 3237 8 In Buffers menu, add a choice whether selecting a buffer opens it in the | |
| 3238 current window, splits the window or uses ":hide". | |
| 3239 8 Dragging the mouse pointer outside of a Vim Window should make the text | |
| 3240 scroll. Return a value from gui_send_mouse_event() to the machine | |
| 3241 specific code to indicate the time in which the event should be repeated. | |
| 3242 8 Make it possible to ignore a mouse click when it's used to give Vim (gvim) | |
| 3243 window focus. Also when a mouse click is used to bring a window to front. | |
| 3244 8 Make the split into system independent code and system specific code more | |
| 3245 explicit. There are too many #ifdefs in gui.c. | |
| 3246 If possible, separate the Vim code completely from the GUI code, to allow | |
| 3247 running them in separate processes. | |
| 3248 7 X11: Support cursorColor resource and "-cr" argument. | |
| 3249 8 X11 (and others): CTRL-; is not different from ';'. Set the modifier mask | |
| 3250 to include CTRL for keys where CTRL produces the same ASCII code. | |
| 471 | 3251 7 Add some code to handle proportional fonts on more systems? Need to draw |
| 3252 each character separately (like xterm). Also for when a double-width font | |
| 3253 is not exactly double-width. (Maeda) | |
| 7 | 3254 8 Should take font from xterm where gvim was started (if no other default). |
| 3255 8 Selecting font names in X11 is difficult, make a script or something to | |
| 70 | 3256 select one. |
| 7 | 3257 8 Visual highlighting should keep the same font (bold, italic, etc.). |
| 3258 8 Add flag to 'guioptions' to not put anything in the clipboard at all? | |
| 3259 8 Should support a way to use keys that we don't recognize yet. Add a | |
| 3260 command that adds entries to special_keys somehow. How do we make this | |
| 3261 portable (X11, Win32, ..)? | |
| 3262 7 Add a flag to 'guioptions' that tells not to remove inactive menu items. | |
| 3263 For systems where greying-out or removing menu items is very slow. The | |
| 3264 menu items would remain visibly normally, but not do anything. | |
| 3265 7 Add ":minimize" and ":maximize", which iconize the window and back. | |
| 3266 Useful when using gvim to run a script (e.g. 2html.vim). | |
| 3267 7 X11: Is it possible to free allocated colors, so that other programs can | |
| 3268 use them again? Otherwise, allow disabling allocating the default colors. | |
| 3269 Or allocate an own colormap (check UAE). With an option to use it. For | |
| 3270 the commandline, "-install" is mostly used for X11 programs. | |
| 3271 7 Add command line argument for "gvim" not to start the GUI. Sort of the | |
| 3272 inverse of "vim -g". (Vikas) | |
| 3273 7 Should support multi-column menus. | |
| 3274 - Should add option for where to put the "Help" menu: like Motif at the far | |
| 3275 right, or with the other menus (but still at the right). | |
| 3276 - Add menu item to "Keep Insert mode". | |
| 3277 8 ":mkgvimrc" command, that includes menus. | |
| 3278 6 Big change: Move GUI to separate program "vimgui", to make startup of vim a | |
| 3279 lot faster, but still be able to do "vim -g" or ":gui". | |
| 3280 7 More explicit mouse button binding instead of 'mousemodel'? | |
| 3281 7 Add option to set the position of the window on the screen. 'windowpos', | |
| 3282 which has a value of "123,456": <x>,<y>. | |
| 3283 Or add a command, like ":winsize"? | |
| 3284 7 Add toolbar for more GUIs. | |
| 3285 8 Make it possible to use "amenu icon=BuiltIn##", so that the toolbar item | |
| 3286 name can be chosen free. | |
| 3287 7 Make it possible to put the toolbar on top, left, right and/or bottom of | |
| 3288 the window? Allows for softkey-like use. | |
| 3289 6 Separate the part of Vim that does the editing from the part that runs the | |
| 3290 GUI. Communicate through a pseudo-tty. Vim starts up, creates a | |
| 3291 pty that is connected to the terminal. When the GUI starts, the pty is | |
| 3292 reconnected to the GUI process. When the GUI stops, it is connected to | |
| 3293 the terminal again. Also use the pty for external processes, it looks | |
| 3294 like a vt100 terminal to them. Vim uses extra commands to communicate GUI | |
| 3295 things. | |
| 3296 7 Motif: For a confirm() dialog <Enter> should be ignored when no default | |
| 3297 button selected, <Esc> should close the dialog. | |
| 3298 7 When using a pseudo-tty Vim should behave like some terminal (vt52 looks | |
| 237 | 3299 simple enough). Terminal codes to/from shell should be translated. |
| 7 | 3300 - Would it be useful to be able to quit the GUI and go back to the terminal |
| 3301 where it was started from? | |
| 3302 7 Support "-visual <type>" command line argument. | |
| 3303 | |
| 3304 | |
| 3305 Autocommands: | |
| 713 | 3306 - Put autocommand event names in a hashtable for faster lookup? |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3307 8 When the SwapExists event is triggered, provide information about the |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3308 swap file, e.g., whether the process is running, file was modified, etc. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3309 Must be possible to check the situation that it's probably OK to delete |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3310 the swap file. (Marc Merlin) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3311 8 When all the patterns for an event are "*" there is no need to expand |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3312 buffer names to a full path. This can be slow for NFS. |
| 40 | 3313 7 For autocommand events that trigger multiple times per buffer (e.g., |
| 3314 CursorHold), go through the list once and cache the result for a specific | |
| 3315 buffer. Invalidate the cache when adding/deleting autocommands or | |
| 3316 changing the buffer name. | |
| 271 | 3317 7 Add TagJump event: do something after jumping to a tag. |
| 662 | 3318 8 Add "TagJumpFile" autocommand: When jumping to another file for a tag. |
| 3319 Can be used to open "main.c.gz" when "main.c" isn't found. | |
| 7 | 3320 8 Use another option than 'updatetime' for the CursorHold event. The two |
| 3321 things are unrelated for the user (but the implementation is more | |
| 3322 difficult). | |
| 662 | 3323 7 Add autocommand event for when a buffer cannot be abandoned. So that the |
| 3324 user can define the action taking (autowrite, dialog, fail) based on the | |
| 3325 kind of file. (Yakov Lerner) Or is BufLeave sufficient? | |
| 7 | 3326 8 Autocommand for when modified files have been found, when getting input |
| 3327 focus again (e.g., FileChangedFocus). | |
| 3328 Check when: getting focus, jumping to another buffer, ... | |
| 1125 | 3329 7 Autocommand for when an option is changed. Match buffer name or option |
| 3330 name? | |
| 662 | 3331 8 Autocommands should not change registers. And marks? And the jumplist? |
| 3332 And anything else? Add a command to save and restore these things. | |
| 7 | 3333 8 Add autocommands, user functions and user commands to ":mkvimrc". |
| 3334 6 Add KeymapChanged event, so that the effects of a different keymap can be | |
| 3335 handled (e.g., other font) (Ron Aaron) | |
| 662 | 3336 7 When trying to open a directory, trigger an OpenDirectory event. |
| 7 | 3337 7 Add file type in front of file pattern: <d> for directory, <l> for link, |
| 3338 <x> for executable, etc. <&xxx> for Risc OS. With commas to separate | |
| 3339 alternatives. The autocommand is only executed when both the file type | |
| 3340 AND the file pattern match. (Leonard) | |
| 3341 5 Add option that specifies extensions which are to be discarded from the | |
| 3342 file name. E.g. 'ausuffix', with ".gz,.orig". Such that file.c.gz will | |
| 3343 trigger the "*.c" autocommands. (Belabas) | |
| 3344 7 Add something to break the autocommands for the current event, and for | |
| 3345 what follows. Useful for a "BufWritePre" that wants to avoid writing the | |
| 3346 file. | |
| 3347 8 When editing "tt.gz", which is in DOS format, 'fileformat' stays at | |
| 3348 "unix", thus writing the file changes it. Somehow detect that the read | |
| 3349 command used dos fileformat. Same for 'fileencoding'. | |
| 3350 - Add events to autocommands: | |
| 3351 Error - When an error happens | |
| 3352 NormalEnter - Entering Normal mode | |
| 3353 ReplaceEnter - Entering Replace mode | |
| 838 | 3354 CmdEnter - Entering Cmdline mode (with type of cmdline to allow |
| 3355 different mapping) | |
| 7 | 3356 VisualEnter - Entering Visual mode |
| 11 | 3357 *Leave - Leaving a mode (in pair with the above *Enter) |
| 17 | 3358 VimLeaveCheck - Before Vim decides to exit, so that it can be cancelled |
| 3359 when exiting isn't a good idea. | |
| 1125 | 3360 CursorHoldC - CursorHold while command-line editing |
| 26 | 3361 WinMoved - when windows have been moved around, e.g, ":wincmd J" |
| 7 | 3362 CmdUndefined - Like FuncUndefined but for user commands. |
| 3363 SearchPost - After doing a search command (e.g. to do "M") | |
| 3364 PreDirChanged/PostDirChanged | |
| 3365 - Before/after ":cd" has been used (for changing the | |
| 3366 window title) | |
| 3367 ShutDown - when the system is about to shut down | |
| 3368 InsertCharPre - user typed character Insert mode, before inserting the | |
| 3369 char. Pattern is matched with text before the cursor. | |
| 3370 Set v:char to the character, can be changed. | |
| 3371 (not triggered when 'paste' is set). | |
| 3372 InsertCharPost - user typed a character in Insert mode, after inserting | |
| 3373 the char. | |
| 3374 BufModified - When a buffer becomes modified, or unmodified (for | |
| 3375 putting a [+] in the window title or checking out the | |
| 3376 file from CVS). | |
| 3377 BufFirstChange - When making a change, when 'modified' is set. Can be | |
| 3378 used to do a :preserve for remote files. | |
| 3379 BufChange - after a change was made. Set some variables to indicate | |
| 3380 the position and number of inserted/deleted lines, so | |
| 3381 that marks can be updated. HierAssist has patch to add | |
| 3382 BufChangePre, BufChangePost and RevertBuf. (Shah) | |
| 1125 | 3383 ViewChanged - triggered when the text scrolls and when the window size |
| 3384 changes. | |
| 3385 WinResized - After a window has been resized | |
| 3386 WinClose - Just before closing a window | |
| 620 | 3387 - Write the file now and then ('autosave'): |
| 7 | 3388 *'autosave'* *'as'* *'noautosave'* *'noas'* |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3389 'autosave' 'as' number (default 0) |
| 7 | 3390 Automatically write the current buffer to file N seconds after the |
| 3391 last change has been made and when |'modified'| is still set. | |
| 3392 Default: 0 = do not autosave the buffer. | |
| 3393 Alternative: have 'autosave' use 'updatetime' and 'updatecount' but make | |
| 3394 them save the file itself besides the swapfile. | |
| 3395 | |
| 3396 | |
| 725 | 3397 Omni completion: |
| 1668 | 3398 - Add a flag to 'complete' to be able to do omni completion with CTRL-N (and |
| 3399 mix it with other kinds of completion). | |
| 725 | 3400 - Ideas from the Vim 7 BOF at SANE: |
| 3401 - For interpreted languages, use the interpreter to obtain information. | |
| 3402 Should work for Java (Eclipse does this), Python, Tcl, etc. | |
| 3403 Richard Emberson mentioned working on an interface to Java. | |
| 3404 - Check Readline for its completion interface. | |
| 3405 - Ideas from others: | |
| 3406 http://www.wholetomato.com/ | |
| 3407 http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=747 | |
| 3408 http://sourceforge.net/projects/insenvim | |
| 3409 or http://insenvim.sourceforge.net | |
| 3410 Java, XML, HTML, C++, JSP, SQL, C# | |
| 3411 MS-Windows only, lots of dependencies (e.g. Perl, Internet | |
| 3412 explorer), uses .dll shared libraries. | |
| 3413 For C++ uses $INCLUDE environment var. | |
| 3414 Uses Perl for C++. | |
| 3415 Uses ctags to find the info: | |
| 3416 ctags -f $allTagsFile --fields=+aiKmnsSz --language-force=C++ --C++-kinds=+cefgmnpsut-dlux -u $files | |
| 3417 www.vim.org script 1213 (Java Development Environment) (Fuchuan Wang) | |
| 3418 IComplete: http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1265 | |
| 3419 and http://stud4.tuwien.ac.at/~e0125672/icomplete/ | |
| 3420 http://cedet.sourceforge.net/intellisense.shtml (for Emacs) | |
| 3421 Ivan Villanueva has something for Java. | |
|
2174
755eb92c5961
Move items around in the todo list.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
3422 Emacs: http://www.xref-tech.com/xrefactory/more_c_completion.html |
| 725 | 3423 Completion in .NET framework SharpDevelop: http://www.icsharpcode.net |
| 3424 - Pre-expand abbreviations, show which abbrevs would match? | |
| 3425 | |
| 3426 | |
| 7 | 3427 Insert mode completion/expansion: |
| 713 | 3428 - GUI implementation of the popup menu. |
| 860 | 3429 7 When searching in other files the name flash by, too fast to read. Only |
| 3430 display a name every second or so, like with ":vimgrep". | |
| 1668 | 3431 7 When expanding file names with an environment variable, add the match with |
| 3432 the unexpanded var. So $HOME/tm expands to "/home/guy/tmp" and | |
| 3433 "$HOME/tmp" | |
| 7 | 3434 8 When there is no word before the cursor but something like "sys." complete |
| 3435 with "sys.". Works well for C and similar languages. | |
| 3436 9 ^X^L completion doesn't repeat correctly. It uses the first match with | |
| 3437 the last added line, instead of continuing where the last match ended. | |
| 3438 (Webb) | |
| 3439 8 Add option to set different behavior for Insert mode completion: | |
| 3440 - ignore/match case | |
| 3441 - different characters than 'iskeyword' | |
| 1125 | 3442 8 Add option 'isexpand', containing characters when doing expansion (so that |
| 3443 "." and "\" can be included, without changing 'iskeyword'). (Goldfarb) | |
| 3444 Also: 'istagword': characters used for CTRL-]. | |
| 3445 When 'isexpand' or 'istagword' are empty, use 'iskeyword'. | |
| 3446 Alternative: Use a pattern so that start and end of a keyword can be | |
| 3447 defined, only allow dash in the middle, etc. | |
| 7 | 3448 8 Add a command to undo the completion, go back to the original text. |
| 471 | 3449 7 Completion of an abbreviation: Can leave letters out, like what Instant |
| 3450 text does: www.textware.com | |
| 7 | 3451 8 Use the class information in the tags file to do context-sensitive |
| 3452 completion. After "foo." complete all member functions/variables of | |
| 3453 "foo". Need to search backwards for the class definition of foo. | |
| 3454 Should work for C++ and Java. | |
| 3455 Even more context would be nice: "import java.^N" -> "io", "lang", etc. | |
| 3456 7 When expanding $HOME/dir with ^X^F keep the $HOME (with an option?). | |
| 3457 7 Add CTRL-X command in Insert mode like CTRL-X CTRL-N, that completes WORDS | |
| 3458 instead of words. | |
| 3459 8 Add CTRL-X CTRL-R: complete words from register contents. | |
| 3460 8 Add completion of previously inserted texts (like what CTRL-A does). | |
| 3461 Requires remembering a number of insertions. | |
| 3462 8 Add 'f' flag to 'complete': Expand file names. | |
| 3463 Also apply 'complete' to whole line completion. | |
| 1624 | 3464 - Add a flag to 'complete' to only scan local header files, not system |
| 3465 header files. (Andri Moell) | |
| 7 | 3466 - Make it possible to search include files in several places. Use the |
| 3467 'path' option? Can this be done with the dictionary completion (use | |
| 3468 wildcards in the file name)? | |
| 3469 - Make CTRL-X CTRL-K do a binary search in the dictionary (if it's sorted). | |
| 3470 - Speed up CTRL-X CTRL-K dictionary searching (don't use a regexp?). | |
| 3471 - Set a mark at the position where the match was found (file mark, could | |
| 3472 be in another file). | |
| 3473 - Add CTRL-A command in CTRL-X mode: show all matches. | |
| 3474 - Make CTRL-X CTRL-L use the 'complete' option? | |
| 3475 - Add command in CTRL-X mode to add following words to the completed string | |
| 3476 (e.g. to complete "Pointer->element" with CTRL-X CTRL-P CTRL-W CTRL-W) | |
| 3477 - CTRL-X CTRL-F: Use 'path' to find completions. | |
| 3478 - CTRL-X CTRL-F: Option to use forward slashes on MS-Windows? | |
| 3479 - CTRL-X CTRL-F: Don't replace "$VIM" with the actual value. (Kelly) | |
| 3480 - Allow listing all matches in some way (and picking one from the list). | |
| 3481 | |
| 3482 | |
| 3483 Command line editing: | |
| 3484 7 Add commands (keys) to delete from the cursor to the end of the command | |
| 3485 line. | |
| 3486 8 Custom completion of user commands can't use the standard completion | |
| 3487 functions. Add a hook to invoke a user function that returns the type of | |
| 3488 completion to be done: "file", "tag", "custom", etc. | |
| 3489 - Add flags to 'whichwrap' for command line editing (cursor right at end of | |
| 3490 lines wraps to start of line). | |
| 3491 - Make editing the command line work like Insert mode in a single-line view | |
| 3492 on a buffer that contains the command line history. But this has many | |
| 3493 disadvantages, only implement it when these can be solved. Elvis has run | |
| 3494 into these, see remarks from Steve (~/Mail/oldmail/kirkendall/in.00012). | |
| 3495 - Going back in history and editing a line there would change the history. | |
| 3496 Would still need to keep a copy of the history elsewhere. Like the | |
| 3497 cmdwin does now already. | |
| 3498 - Use CTRL-O to execute one Normal mode command. How to switch to normal | |
| 3499 mode for more commands? <Esc> should cancel the command line. CTRL-T? | |
| 3500 - To allow "/" and "= need to recursively call getcmdline(), overwrite the | |
| 3501 cmdline. But then we are editing a command-line again. How to avoid | |
| 3502 that the user gets confused by the stack of command lines? | |
| 3503 - Use edit() for normal cmdline editing? Would have to integrate | |
| 3504 getcmdline() into edit(). Need to solve conflicts between Insert mode | |
| 3505 and Command-line mode commands. Make it work like Korn shell and tcsh. | |
| 3506 Problems: | |
| 3507 - Insert: completion with 'wildchar' | |
| 3508 - Insert: use cmdline abbreviations | |
| 3509 - Insert: CTRL-D deletes indent instead of listing matches | |
| 3510 - Normal: no CTRL-W commands | |
| 3511 - Normal: no ":" commands? | |
| 3512 - Normal: allow Visual mode only within one line. | |
| 3513 - where to show insert/normal mode message? Change highlighting of | |
| 3514 character in first column? | |
| 3515 - Implementation ideas: | |
| 3516 - Set "curwin" and "curbuf" to the command line window and buffer. | |
| 3517 - curwin->w_topline is always equal to curwin->w_cursor.lnum. | |
| 3518 - never set 'number', no folding, etc. No status line. | |
| 3519 - sync undo after entering a command line? | |
| 3520 - use NV_NOCL flag for commands that are not allowed in Command-line | |
| 3521 Mode. | |
| 3522 | |
| 3523 | |
| 3524 Command line completion: | |
| 1624 | 3525 8 Completing ":r ~br" should find matching user names. |
| 7 | 3526 8 Change expand_interactively into a flag that is passed as an argument. |
| 3527 8 With command line completion after '%' and '#', expand current/alternate | |
| 3528 file name, so it can be edited. Also with modifiers, such as "%:h". | |
| 3529 8 When completing command names, either sort them on the long name, or list | |
| 3530 them with the optional part inside []. | |
| 1624 | 3531 8 Add an option to ignore case when doing interactive completion. So that |
| 3532 ":e file<Tab>" also lists "Filelist" (sorted after matching case matches). | |
| 7 | 3533 7 Completion of ":map x ": fill in the current mapping, so that it can be |
| 3534 edited. (Sven Guckes) | |
| 3535 - For 'wildmenu': Simplify "../bar" when possible. | |
| 3536 - When using <Up> in wildmenu mode for a submenu, should go back to the | |
| 3537 current menu, not the first one. E.g., ":emenu File.Save<Up>". | |
| 3538 8 When using backtick expansion, the external command may write a greeting | |
| 3539 message. Add an option or commands to remove lines that match a regexp? | |
| 3540 7 When listing matches of files, display the common path separately from the | |
| 3541 file names, if this makes the listing shorter. (Webb) | |
| 3542 - Add command line completion for ":ilist" and friends, show matching | |
| 3543 identifiers (Webb). | |
| 3544 8 Add command line completion for "old value" of a command. ":args <key>" | |
| 3545 would result in the current list of arguments, which you can then edit. | |
| 3546 7 Add command line completion with CTRL-X, just like Insert mode completion. | |
| 3547 Useful for ":s/word/xx/". | |
| 3548 - Add command to go back to the text as it was before completion started. | |
| 3549 Also to be used for <Up> in the command line. | |
| 3550 - Add 'wildlongest' option: Key to use to find longest common match for | |
| 3551 command line completion (default CTRL-L), like 'wildchar'. (Cregut) | |
| 3552 Also: when there are several matches, show them line a CTRL-D. | |
| 3553 | |
| 3554 | |
| 3555 Command line history: | |
| 222 | 3556 9 Remember which command lines were actually typed and were not loaded from |
| 3557 viminfo. When writing viminfo append only these lines, so that lines from | |
| 3558 other Vim's are not overwritten. | |
| 7 | 3559 - Add "KeyWasTyped" flag: It's reset before each command and set when a |
| 3560 character from the keyboard is consumed. Value is used to decide to put a | |
| 3561 command line in history or not. Put line in history if it didn't | |
| 3562 completely resulted from one mapping. | |
| 3563 - When using ":browse", also put the resulting edit command in the history, | |
| 3564 so that it can be repeated. (Demirel) | |
| 3565 | |
| 3566 | |
| 3567 Insert mode: | |
| 10 | 3568 9 When 'autoindent' is set, hitting <CR> twice, while there is text after |
| 3569 the cursor, doesn't delete the autoindent in the resulting blank line. | |
| 3570 (Rich Wales) This is Vi compatible, but it looks like a bug. | |
| 7 | 3571 8 When using CTRL-O in Insert mode, then executing an insert command |
| 3572 "a" or "i", should we return to Insert mode after <Esc>? (Eggink) | |
| 3573 Perhaps it can be allowed a single time, to be able to do | |
| 3574 "<C-O>10axyz<Esc>". Nesting this further is confusing. | |
| 3575 ":map <F2> 5aabc<Esc>" works only once from Insert mode. | |
| 1624 | 3576 8 When using CTRL-G CTRL-O do like CTRL-\ CTRL-O, but when returning with |
| 3577 the cursor in the same position and the text didn't change continue the | |
| 3578 same change, so that "." repeats the whole insert. | |
| 7 | 3579 7 Use CTRL-G <count> to repeat what follows. Useful for inserting a |
| 3580 character multiple times or repeating CTRL-Y. | |
| 1668 | 3581 - Make 'revins' work in Replace mode. |
| 7 | 3582 7 Use 'matchpairs' for 'showmatch': When inserting a character check if it |
| 3583 appears in the rhs of 'matchpairs'. | |
| 3584 - In Insert mode (and command line editing?): Allow undo of the last typed | |
| 3585 character. This is useful for CTRL-U, CTRL-W, delete and backspace, and | |
| 3586 also for characters that wrap to the next line. | |
| 3587 Also: be able to undo CTRL-R (insert register). | |
| 3588 Possibly use 'backspace'="whole" for a mode where at least a <CR> that | |
| 3589 inserts autoindent is undone by a single <BS>. | |
| 3590 - Use CTRL-G in Insert mode for an extra range of commands, like "g" in | |
| 3591 Normal mode. | |
| 3592 - Make 'paste' work without resetting other options, but override their | |
| 3593 value. Avoids problems when changing files and modelines or autocommands | |
| 3594 are used. | |
| 3595 - When typing CTRL-V and a digit higher than 2, only expect two digits. | |
| 3596 - Insert binary numbers with CTRL-V b. | |
| 3597 - Make it possible to undo <BS>, <C-W> and <C-U>. Bash uses CTRL-Y. | |
| 3598 | |
| 3599 | |
| 3600 'cindent', 'smartindent': | |
| 1624 | 3601 9 ") :" confuses continuation line: (Colin Bennett, 2007 Dec 14) |
| 3602 cout << "a" | |
| 3603 << ") :" | |
| 3604 << "y"; | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3605 9 "} else" causes following lines to be indented too much. (Rouben |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3606 Rostamian, 2008 Aug 30) |
| 1125 | 3607 8 Lisp indenting: "\\" confuses the indenter. (Dorai Sitaram, 2006 May 17) |
| 1624 | 3608 8 Why are continuation lines outside of a {} block not indented? E.g.: |
| 3609 long_type foo = | |
| 3610 value; | |
| 7 | 3611 8 Java: Inside an anonymous class, after an "else" or "try" the indent is |
| 3612 too small. (Vincent Bergbauer) | |
| 832 | 3613 Problem of using {} inside (), 'cindent' doesn't work then. |
| 7 | 3614 8 In C++ it's possible to have {} inside (): (Kirshna) |
| 3615 func( | |
| 3616 new String[] { | |
| 3617 "asdf", | |
| 3618 "asdf" | |
| 3619 } | |
| 3620 ); | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3621 8 In C++ a function isn't recognized inside a namespace: |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3622 (Chow Loong Jin) |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3623 namespace { |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3624 int |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3625 func(int arg) { |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3626 } |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3627 } |
| 1125 | 3628 6 Add 'cino' flag for this function argument layout: (Spencer Collyer) |
| 3629 func( arg1 | |
| 3630 , arg2 | |
| 3631 , arg3 | |
| 3632 ); | |
| 829 | 3633 7 Add separate "(0" option into inside/outside a function (Zellner): |
| 7 | 3634 func( |
| 3635 int x) // indent like "(4" | |
| 3636 { | |
| 3637 if (a | |
| 3638 && b) // indent like "(0" | |
| 3639 9 Using "{" in a comment: (Helmut Stiegler) | |
| 3640 if (a) | |
| 3641 { | |
| 3642 if (b) | |
| 3643 { | |
| 3644 // { | |
| 3645 } | |
| 3646 } <-- this is indented incorrect | |
| 829 | 3647 Problem is that find_start_brace() checks for the matching brace to be in |
| 3648 a comment, but not braces in between. Requires adding a comment check to | |
| 3649 findmatchlimit(). | |
| 237 | 3650 - Make smartindenting configurable. Add 'sioptions', e.g. '#' setting the |
| 7 | 3651 indent to 0 should be switched on/off. |
| 3652 7 Support ANSI style function header, with each argument on its own line. | |
| 3653 - "[p" and "]p" should use 'cindent' code if it's on (only for the first | |
| 3654 line). | |
| 3655 - Add option to 'cindent' to set indent for comments outside of {}? | |
| 3656 - Make a command to line up a comment after a code line with a previous | |
| 3657 comment after a code line. Can 'cindent' do this automatically? | |
| 3658 7 Add 'j' flag to 'formatoptions': Remove comment leader when joining lines. | |
| 3659 - When 'cindent'ing a '}', showmatch is done before fixing the indent. It | |
| 3660 looks better when the indent is fixed before the showmatch. (Webb) | |
| 3661 - Add option to make indenting work in comments too (for commented-out | |
| 3662 code), unless the line starts with "*". | |
| 3663 - Don't use 'cindent' when doing formatting with "gq"? | |
| 3664 - When formatting a comment after some text, insert the '*' for the new line | |
| 3665 (indent is correct if 'cindent' is set, but '*' doesn't get inserted). | |
| 3666 8 When 'comments' has both "s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/" and "s1:(*,mb:*,ex:*)", the | |
| 3667 'x' flag always uses the first match. Need to continue looking for more | |
| 3668 matches of "*" and remember all characters that could end the comment. | |
| 3669 - For smartindent: When typing 'else' line it up with matching 'if'. | |
| 3670 - 'smartindent': allow patterns in 'cinwords', for e.g. TeX files, where | |
| 3671 lines start with "\item". | |
| 3672 - Support this style of comments (with an option): (Brown) | |
| 3673 /* here is a comment that | |
| 3674 is just autoindented, and | |
| 3675 nothing else */ | |
| 3676 - Add words to 'cinwords' to reduce the indent, e.g., "end" or "fi". | |
| 3677 7 Use Tabs for the indent of starting lines, pad with spaces for | |
| 3678 continuation lines. Allows changing 'tabstop' without messing up the | |
| 3679 indents. | |
| 829 | 3680 'keeptabs': when set don't change the tabs and spaces used for indent, |
| 3681 when the indent remains the same or increases. | |
| 7 | 3682 |
| 3683 | |
| 3684 Java: | |
| 3685 8 Can have {} constructs inside parens. Include changes from Steve | |
| 3686 Odendahl? | |
| 3687 8 Recognize "import java.util.Vector" and use $CLASSPATH to find files for | |
| 3688 "[i" commands and friends. | |
| 3689 - For files found with 'include': handle "*" in included name, for Java. | |
| 3690 (Jason) | |
| 3691 - How to make a "package java.util" cause all classes in the package to be | |
| 3692 searched? Also for "import java.util.*". (Mark Brophy) | |
| 3693 | |
| 3694 | |
| 3695 'comments': | |
| 3696 8 When formatting C comments that are after code, the "*" isn't repeated | |
| 3697 like it's done when there is no code. And there is no automatic wrapping. | |
| 3698 Recognize comments that come after code. Should insert the comment leader | |
| 3699 when it's "#" or "//". | |
| 121 | 3700 Other way around: when a C command starts with "* 4" the "*" is repeated |
| 3701 while it should not. Use syntax HL comment recognition? | |
| 7 | 3702 7 When using "comments=fg:--", Vim inserts three spaces for a new line. |
| 3703 When hitting a TAB, these spaces could be removed. | |
| 3704 7 The 'n'esting flag doesn't do the indenting of the last (rightmost) item. | |
| 3705 6 Make strings in 'comments' option a RE, to be able to match more | |
| 3706 complicated things. (Phillipps) Use a special flag to indicate that a | |
| 3707 regexp is used. | |
| 3708 8 Make the 'comments' option with "/* * */" lines only repeat the "*" line | |
| 3709 when there is a "/*" before it? Or include this in 'cindent'? | |
| 3710 | |
| 3711 | |
| 3712 Virtual edit: | |
| 3713 8 Make the horizontal scrollbar work to move the text further left. | |
| 3714 7 Allow specifying it separately for Tabs and beyond end-of-line? | |
| 3715 | |
| 3716 | |
| 3717 Text objects: | |
| 1624 | 3718 8 Add text object for fold, so that it can be yanked when it's open. |
| 7 | 3719 8 Add test script for text object commands "aw", "iW", etc. |
| 1280 | 3720 8 Add text object for part of a CamelHumpedWord and under_scored_word. |
| 164 | 3721 (Scott Graham) "ac" and "au"? |
| 169 | 3722 8 Add a text object for any kind of quoting, also with multi-byte |
| 3723 characters. Option to specify what quotes are recognized (default: all) | |
| 170 | 3724 use "aq" and "iq". Use 'quotepairs' to define pairs of quotes, like |
| 3725 'matchpairs'? | |
| 169 | 3726 8 Add text object for any kind of parens, also multi-byte ones. |
| 7 | 3727 7 Add text object for current search pattern: "a/" and "i/". Makes it |
| 3728 possible to turn text highlighted for 'hlsearch' into a Visual area. | |
| 1624 | 3729 8 Add a way to make an ":omap" for a user-defined text object. Requires |
| 3730 changing the starting position in oap->start. | |
| 7 | 3731 8 Add "gp" and "gP" commands: insert text and make sure there is a single |
| 3732 space before it, unless at the start of the line, and after it, unless at | |
| 3733 the end of the line or before a ".". | |
| 3734 7 Add objects with backwards extension? Use "I" and "A". Thus "2dAs" | |
| 3735 deletes the current and previous sentence. (Jens Paulus) | |
| 3736 7 Add "g{" and "g}" to move to the first/last character of a paragraph | |
| 3737 (instead of the line just before/after a paragraph as with "{" and "}"). | |
| 3738 6 Ignore comment leaders for objects. Make "das" work in reply-email. | |
| 3739 5 Make it possible to use syntax group matches as a text object. For | |
| 3740 example, define a "ccItem" group, then do "da<ccItem>" to delete one. | |
| 3741 Or, maybe just define "dai", delete-an-item, to delete the syntax item the | |
| 3742 cursor is on. | |
| 3743 | |
| 3744 | |
| 3745 Select mode: | |
| 3746 8 In blockwise mode, typed characters are inserted in front of the block, | |
| 3747 backspace deletes a column before the block. (Steve Hall) | |
| 3748 7 Alt-leftmouse starts block mode selection in MS Word. | |
| 3749 See http://www.vim.org/tips/tip.php?tip_id=743 | |
| 3750 7 Add Cmdline-select mode. Like Select mode, but used on the command line. | |
| 3751 - Change gui_send_mouse_event() to pass on mouse events when 'mouse' | |
| 3752 contains 'C' or 'A'. | |
| 3753 - Catch mouse events in ex_getln.c. Also shift-cursor, etc., like in | |
| 3754 normal_cmd(). | |
| 3755 - remember start and end of selection in cmdline_info. | |
| 3756 - Typing text replaces the selection. | |
| 3757 | |
| 3758 | |
| 3759 Visual mode: | |
| 3760 - When dragging the Visual selection with the mouse and 'scrolloff' is zero, | |
| 3761 behave like 'scrolloff' is one, so that the text scrolls when the pointer | |
| 3762 is in the top line. | |
| 713 | 3763 - Displaying size of Visual area: use 24-33 column display. |
| 3764 When selecting multiple lines, up to about a screenful, also count the | |
| 3765 characters. | |
| 7 | 3766 8 When using "I" or "A" in Visual block mode, short lines do not get the new |
| 587 | 3767 text. Make it possible to add the text to short lines too, with padding |
| 7 | 3768 where needed. |
| 3769 7 With a Visual block selected, "2x" deletes a block of double the width, | |
| 3770 "3y" yanks a block of triple width, etc. | |
| 3771 7 When selecting linewise, using "itext" should insert "text" at the start | |
| 3772 of each selected line. | |
| 3773 8 What is "R" supposed to do in Visual mode? | |
| 3774 8 Make Visual mode local to the buffer. Allow changing to another buffer. | |
| 3775 When starting a new Visual selection, remove the Visual selection in any | |
| 3776 other buffer. (Ron Aaron) | |
| 3777 8 Support dragging the Visual area to drop it somewhere else. (Ron Aaron, | |
| 3778 Ben Godfrey) | |
| 3779 7 Support dragging the Visual area to drop it in another program, and | |
| 3780 receive dropped text from another program. (Ben Godfrey) | |
| 3781 7 With blockwise Visual mode and "c", "C", "I", "A", etc., allow the use of | |
| 3782 a <CR>. The entered lines are repeated over the Visual area. | |
| 3783 7 CTRL-V :s should substitute only in the block, not to whole lines. (David | |
| 3784 Young is working on this) | |
| 3785 7 Filtering a block should only apply to the block, not to the whole lines. | |
| 8 | 3786 When the number of lines is increased, add lines. When decreased, pad with |
| 7 | 3787 spaces or delete? Use ":`<,`>" on the command line. |
| 3788 8 After filtering the Visual area, make "gv" select the filtered text? | |
| 3789 Currently "gv" only selects a single line, not useful. | |
| 3790 7 Don't move the cursor when scrolling? Needed when the selection should | |
| 3791 stay the same. Scroll to the cursor at any movement command. With an | |
| 3792 option! | |
| 3793 7 In Visual block mode, need to be able to define a corner on a position | |
| 3794 that doesn't have text? Also: when using the mouse, be able to select | |
| 3795 part of a TAB. Even more: Add a mode where the cursor can be on a screen | |
| 3796 position where there is no text. When typing, add spaces to fill the gap. | |
| 3797 Other solution: Always use curswant, so that you can move the cursor to | |
| 3798 the right column, and then use up/down movements to select the line, | |
| 3799 without changing the column. | |
| 3800 6 ":left" and ":right" should work in Visual block mode. | |
| 3801 7 CTRL-I and CTRL-O should work in Visual mode, but only jump to marks in the | |
| 3802 current buffer. | |
| 3803 7 CTRL-A and CTRL-X should increase/decrease all numbers in the Visual area. | |
| 3804 6 In non-Block mode, "I" should insert the same text in front of each line, | |
| 3805 before the first non-blank, "gI" in column 1. | |
| 3806 6 In non-Block mode, "A" should append the same text after each line. | |
| 3807 6 When in blockwise visual selection (CTRL-V), allow cursor to be placed | |
| 237 | 3808 right of the line. Could also allow cursor to be placed anywhere on a TAB |
| 7 | 3809 or other special character. |
| 3810 6 Add commands to move selected text, without deselecting. | |
| 3811 | |
| 3812 | |
| 3813 More advanced repeating commands: | |
| 3814 - Add "." command for visual mode: redo last visual command (e.g. ":fmt"). | |
| 237 | 3815 7 Repeating "d:{cmd}" with "." doesn't work. (Benji Fisher) Somehow remember |
| 7 | 3816 the command line so that it can be repeated? |
| 1624 | 3817 - Add "gn": repeat last movement command. Including count. |
| 237 | 3818 - Add "." command after operator: repeat last command of same operator. E.g. |
| 7 | 3819 "c." will repeat last change, also when "x" used since then (Webb). |
| 3820 "y." will repeat last yank. | |
| 3821 "c2." will repeat the last but one change? | |
| 3822 Also: keep history of Normal mode commands, add command to list the history | |
| 3823 and/or pick an older command. | |
| 3824 - History stack for . command? Use "g." command. | |
| 3825 | |
| 3826 | |
| 3827 Mappings and Abbreviations: | |
| 3828 8 When "0" is mapped (it is a movement command) this mapping should not be | |
| 3829 used after typing another number, e.g. "20l". (Charles Campbell) | |
| 3830 Is this possible without disabling the mapping of the following command? | |
| 3831 8 Should mapping <C-A> and <C-S-A> both work? | |
| 3832 7 ":abbr b byte", append "b " to an existing word still expands to "byte". | |
| 3833 This is Vi compatible, but can we avoid it anyway? | |
| 3834 8 To make a mapping work with a prepended "x to select a register, store the | |
| 3835 last _typed_ register name and access it with "&. | |
| 3836 8 Add ":amap", like ":amenu". | |
| 725 | 3837 7 Add a mapping that works always, for remapping the keyboard. |
| 7 | 3838 8 Add ":cab!", abbreviations that only apply to Command-line mode and not to |
| 3839 entering search strings. | |
| 3840 8 Add a flag to ":abbrev" to eat the character that triggers the | |
| 3841 abbreviation. Thus "abb ab xxx" and typing "ab<Space>" inserts "xxx" and | |
| 3842 not the <Space>. | |
| 3843 8 Give a warning when using CTRL-C in the lhs of a mapping. It will never | |
| 3844 (?) work. | |
| 3845 8 Add a way to save a current mapping and restore it later. Use a function | |
| 3846 that returns the mapping command to restore it: mapcmd()? mapcheck() is | |
| 3847 not fool proof. How to handle ambiguous mappings? | |
| 3848 7 Add <0x8f> (hex), <033> (octal) and <123> (decimal) to <> notation? | |
| 3849 7 When someone tries to unmap with a trailing space, and it fails, try | |
| 3850 unmapping without the trailing space. Helps for ":unmap xx | unmap yy". | |
| 3851 6 Context-sensitive abbreviations: Specify syntax group(s) in which the | |
| 3852 abbreviations are to be used. | |
| 3853 - Add mappings that take arguments. Could work like the ":s" command. For | |
| 3854 example, for a mouse escape sequence: | |
| 3855 :mapexp <Esc>{\([0-9]*\),\([0-9]*\); H\1j\2l | |
| 725 | 3856 - Add optional <Number> argument for mappings: |
| 3857 :map <Number>q ^W^W<Number>G | |
| 3858 :map <Number>q<Number>t ^W^W<Number1-1>G<Number2>l | |
| 3859 :map q<Char> :s/<Char>/\u\0/g | |
| 3860 Or implicit: | |
| 3861 :map q <Register>d<Number>$ | |
| 7 | 3862 - Add command to repeat a whole mapping ("." only repeats the last change in |
| 3863 a mapping). Also: Repeat a whole insert command, including any mappings | |
| 3864 that it included. Sort-of automatic recording? | |
| 3865 - Include an option (or flag to 'cpoptions') that makes errors in mappings | |
| 3866 not flush the rest of the mapping (like nvi does). | |
| 3867 - Use context sensitiveness of completion to switch abbreviations and | |
| 3868 mappings off for :unab and :unmap. | |
| 3869 6 When using mappings in Insert mode, insert characters for incomplete | |
| 3870 mappings first, then remove them again when a mapping matches. Avoids | |
| 3871 that characters that are the start of some mapping are not shown until you | |
| 3872 hit another character. | |
| 3873 - Add mappings for replace mode: ":rmap". How do we then enter mappings for | |
| 3874 non-replace Insert mode? | |
| 3875 - Add separate mappings for Visual-character/block/line mode? | |
| 3876 - Add 'mapstop' command, to stop recursive mappings. | |
| 3877 - List mappings that have a raw escape sequence both with the name of the key | |
| 3878 for that escape sequence (if there is one) and the sequence itself. | |
| 3879 - List mappings: Once with special keys listed as <>, once with meta chars as | |
| 237 | 3880 <M-a>, once with the byte values (octal?). Sort of "spell mapping" command? |
| 7 | 3881 - When entering mappings: Add the possibility to enter meta keys like they |
| 3882 are displayed, within <>: <M-a>, <~@> or <|a>. | |
| 3883 - Allow multiple arguments to :unmap. | |
| 3884 - Command to show keys that are not used and available for mapping | |
| 3885 ":freekeys". | |
| 3886 - Allow any character except white space in abbreviations lhs (Riehm). | |
| 3887 | |
| 3888 | |
| 3889 Incsearch: | |
| 3890 - Add a limit to the number of lines that are searched for 'incsearch'? | |
| 3891 - When no match is found and the user types more, the screen is redrawn | |
| 3892 anyway. Could skip that. Esp. if the line wraps and the text is scrolled | |
| 3893 up every time. | |
| 3894 - Temporarily open folds to show where the search ends up. Restore the | |
| 3895 folds when going to another line. | |
| 3896 - When incsearch used and hitting return, no need to search again in many | |
| 3897 cases, saves a lot of time in big files. (Slootman wants to work on this?) | |
| 3898 When not using special characters, can continue search from the last match | |
| 3899 (or not at all, when there was no match). See oldmail/webb/in.872. | |
| 3900 - With incsearch, use CTRL-N/CTRL-P to go to next/previous match, some other | |
| 3901 key to copy matched word to search pattern (Alexander Schmid). | |
| 3902 | |
| 3903 | |
| 3904 Searching: | |
| 625 | 3905 8 Add "g/" and "gb" to search for a pattern in the Visually selected text? |
| 40 | 3906 "g?" is already used for rot13. |
| 1125 | 3907 The vis.vim script has a ":S" command that does something like this. |
| 625 | 3908 Can use "g/" in Normal mode, uses the '< to '> area. |
| 1125 | 3909 Use "&/" for searching the text in the Visual area? |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3910 9 Add "v" offset: "/pat/v": search for pattern and start Visual mode on the |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3911 matching text. |
| 231 | 3912 8 Add a mechanism for recursiveness: "\@(([^()]*\@g[^()]*)\)". \@g stands |
| 3913 for "go recursive here" and \@( \) marks the recursive part. | |
| 3914 Perl does it this way: | |
| 3915 $paren = qr/ \(( [^()] | (??{ $paren }) )* \) /x; | |
| 3916 Here $paren is evaluated when it's encountered. This is like a regexp | |
| 3917 inside a regexp. In the above terms it would be: | |
| 3918 \@((\([^()]\|\@g\)*)\) | |
| 1125 | 3919 8 Show the progress every second. Could use the code that checks for CTRL-C |
| 3920 to find out how much time has passed. Or use SIGALRM. Where to show the | |
| 3921 number? | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3922 8 When using an expression for ":s", set the match position in a v: |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3923 variable. So that you can do ":%s/^/\=v:lnum/" to put a line number |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3924 before each line. |
| 328 | 3925 7 Support for approximate-regexps to find similar words (agrep |
| 3926 http://www.tgries.de/agrep/ tre: http://laurikari.net/tre/index.html). | |
| 218 | 3927 8 Add an item for a big character range, so that one can search for a |
| 3928 chinese character: \z[234-1234] or \z[XX-YY] or \z[0x23-0x234]. | |
| 39 | 3929 7 Add an item stack to allow matching (). One side is "push X on |
| 7 | 3930 the stack if previous atom matched". Other side is "match with top of |
| 3931 stack, pop it when it matches". Use "\@pX" and "\@m"? | |
| 3932 Example: \((\@p).\{-}\@m\)* | |
| 3933 7 Add an option to accept a match at the cursor position. Also for | |
| 3934 search(). (Brett) | |
| 39 | 3935 7 Add a flag to "/pat/" to discard an error. Useful to continue a mapping |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3936 when a search fails. Could be "/pat/E" (e is already used for end offset). |
| 7 | 3937 7 Add pattern item to use properties of Unicode characters. In Perl it's |
| 3938 "\p{L}" for a letter. See Regular Expression Pocket Reference. | |
| 3939 8 Would it be possible to allow ":23,45/pat/flags" to search for "pat" in | |
| 3940 lines 23 to 45? Or does this conflict with Ex range syntax? | |
| 3941 8 Allow identical pairs in 'matchpairs'. Restrict the search to the current | |
| 3942 line. | |
| 3943 7 Allow longer pairs in 'matchpairs'. Use ~/vim/macros/matchit.vim as an | |
| 3944 example. | |
| 3945 8 Make it possible to define the character that "%" checks for in | |
| 3946 #if/#endif. For nmake it's !if/!endif. | |
| 3947 - For "%" command: set hierarchy for which things include other things that | |
| 3948 should be ignored (like "*/" or "#endif" inside /* */). | |
| 3949 Also: use "%" to jump from start to end of syntax region and back. | |
| 3950 Alternative: use matchit.vim | |
| 3951 8 "/:/e+1" gets stuck on a match at the end of the line. Do we care? | |
| 3952 8 A pattern like "\([^a]\+\)\+" takes an awful long time. Recognize that | |
| 3953 the recursive "\+" is meaningless and optimize for it. | |
| 3954 This one is also very slow on "/* some comment */": "^\/\*\(.*[^/]\)*$". | |
| 3955 7 Recognize "[a-z]", "[0-9]", etc. and replace them with the faster "\l" and | |
| 3956 "\d". | |
| 24 | 3957 7 Add a way to specify characters in <C-M> or <Key> form. Could be |
| 3958 \%<C-M>. | |
| 7 | 3959 8 Add an argument after ":s/pat/str/" for a range of matches. For example, |
| 3960 ":s/pat/str/#3-4" to replace only the third and fourth "pat" in a line. | |
| 1624 | 3961 8 When 'iskeyword' is changed the matches from 'hlsearch' may change. (Benji |
| 3962 Fisher) redraw if some options are set while 'hlsearch' is set? | |
| 7 | 3963 8 Add an option not to use 'hlsearch' highlighting for ":s" and ":g" |
| 3964 commands. (Kahn) It would work like ":noh" is used after that command. | |
| 3965 Also: An extra flag to do this once, and a flag to keep the existing | |
| 3966 search pattern. | |
| 1624 | 3967 - Make 'hlsearch' a local/global option, so that it can be disabled in some |
| 3968 of the windows. | |
| 7 | 3969 - Add \%h{group-name}; to search for a specific highlight group. |
| 3970 Add \%s{syntax-group}; to search for a specific syntax group. | |
| 3971 - Support Perl regexp. Use PCRE (Perl Compatible RE) package. (Shade) | |
| 3972 Or translate the pattern to a Vim one. | |
| 3973 Don't switch on with an option for typed commands/mappings/functions, it's | |
| 3974 too confusing. Use "\@@" in the pattern, to avoid incompatibilities. | |
| 1624 | 3975 8 Add a way to access the last substitute text, what is used for ":s//~/". |
| 3976 Can't use the ~ register, it's already used for drag & drop. | |
| 7 | 3977 - Remember flags for backreferenced items, so that "*" can be used after it. |
| 3978 Check with "\(\S\)\1\{3}". (Hemmerling) | |
| 1624 | 3979 8 Flags that apply to the whole pattern. |
| 3980 This works for all places where a regexp is used. | |
| 3981 Add "\q" to not store this pattern as the last search pattern? | |
| 7 | 3982 - Add flags to search command (also for ":s"?): |
| 3983 i ignore case | |
| 3984 I use case | |
| 3985 p use Perl regexp syntax (or POSIX?) | |
| 3986 v use Vi regexp syntax | |
| 3987 f forget pattern, don't keep it for "n" command | |
| 3988 F remember pattern, keep it for "n" command | |
| 3989 Perl uses these too: | |
| 3990 e evaluate the right side as an expression (Perl only) | |
| 3991 m multiple line expression (we don't need it) | |
| 3992 o compile only once (Perl only) | |
| 3993 s single line expression (we don't need it) | |
| 3994 x extended regexp (we don't need it) | |
| 3995 When used after ":g" command, backslash needed to avoid confusion with the | |
| 3996 following command. | |
| 3997 Add 'searchflags' for default flags (replaces 'gdefault'). | |
| 3998 - Add command to display the last used substitute pattern and last used | |
| 3999 pattern. (Margo) Maybe make it accessible through a register (like "/ | |
| 4000 for search string)? | |
| 4001 7 Use T-search algorithm, to speed up searching for strings without special | |
| 4002 characters. See C't article, August 1997. | |
| 4003 - Add 'fuzzycase' option, so that case doesn't matter, and '-' and '_' are | |
| 4004 equivalent (for Unix filenames). | |
| 4005 - Add 'v' flag to search command: enter Visual mode, with the matching text | |
| 4006 as Visual area. (variation on idea from Bertin) | |
| 4007 - Searching: "/this//that/" should find "that" after "this". | |
| 4008 - Add global search commands: Instead of wrapping at the end of the buffer, | |
| 237 | 4009 they continue in another buffer. Use flag after search pattern: |
| 7 | 4010 a for the next file in the argument list |
| 4011 f for file in the buffer list | |
| 4012 w for file edited in a window. | |
| 237 | 4013 e.g. "/pat/f". Then "n" and "N" work through files too. "f" flag also for |
| 4014 ":s/pat/foo/f"??? Then when 'autowrite' and 'hidden' are both not set, ask | |
| 7 | 4015 before saving files: "Save modified buffer "/path/file"? (Yes/Hide/No |
| 4016 Save-all/hide-All/Quit) ". | |
| 4017 - ":s/pat/foo/3": find 3rd match of "pat", like sed. (Thomas Koehler) | |
| 4018 7 When searching with 'n' give message when getting back where the search | |
| 237 | 4019 first started. Remember start of search in '/ mark. |
| 7 | 4020 7 Add option that scrolls screen to put cursor in middle of screen after |
| 4021 search always/when off-screen/never. And after a ":tag" command. Maybe | |
| 4022 specify how many lines below the screen causes a redraw with the cursor in | |
| 4023 the middle (default would be half a screen, zero means always). | |
| 4024 6 Support multiple search buffers, so macros can be made without side | |
| 4025 effects. | |
| 4026 7 From xvim: Allow a newline in search patterns (also for :s, can delete | |
| 4027 newline). Add BOW, EOW, NEWL, NLORANY, NLBUTANY, magic 'n' and 'r', etc. | |
| 4028 [not in xvim:] Add option to switch on matches crossing ONE line boundary. | |
| 271 | 4029 7 Add ":iselect", a combination of ":ilist" and ":tselect". (Aaron) (Zellner) |
| 7 | 4030 Also ":dselect". |
| 4031 | |
| 4032 | |
| 4033 Undo: | |
| 1624 | 4034 9 After undo/redo, in the message show whether the buffer is modified or |
| 4035 not. | |
|
2310
3e4574a4b627
Fix a few compiler warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2309
diff
changeset
|
4036 8 Use timestamps for undo, so that a version a certain time ago can be found |
|
3e4574a4b627
Fix a few compiler warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2309
diff
changeset
|
4037 and info before some time/date can be flushed. 'undopersist' gives maximum |
|
3e4574a4b627
Fix a few compiler warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2309
diff
changeset
|
4038 time to keep undo: "3h", "1d", "2w", "1y", etc. |
|
3e4574a4b627
Fix a few compiler warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2309
diff
changeset
|
4039 8 Search for pattern in undo tree, showing when it happened and the text |
|
3e4574a4b627
Fix a few compiler warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2309
diff
changeset
|
4040 state, so that you can jump to it. |
| 1125 | 4041 8 Undo tree: visually show the tree somehow (Damian Conway) |
| 4042 Show only the leaves, indicating how many changed from the branch and the | |
| 4043 timestamp? | |
| 4044 Put branch with most recent change on the left, older changes get more | |
| 4045 indent? | |
| 1624 | 4046 8 See ":e" as a change operation, find the changes and add them to the |
| 4047 undo info. Also be able to undo the "Reload file" choice for when a file | |
| 4048 was changed outside of Vim. | |
| 4049 Would require doing a diff between the buffer text and the file and | |
| 4050 storing the differences. | |
|
2316
db0ea641e382
Fix: cursor line not properly concealed when moving between windows.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2315
diff
changeset
|
4051 Alternative: before reloading a buffer, store it somewhere. Keep a list |
|
db0ea641e382
Fix: cursor line not properly concealed when moving between windows.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2315
diff
changeset
|
4052 of about 10 last reloaded buffers. |
| 26 | 4053 - Make it possible to undo all the commands from a mapping, including a |
| 4054 trailing unfinished command, e.g. for ":map K iX^[r". | |
| 7 | 4055 - When accidentally hitting "R" instead of Ctrl-R, further Ctrl-R is not |
| 4056 possible, even when typing <Esc> immediately. (Grahn) Also for "i", "a", | |
| 4057 etc. Postpone saving for undo until something is really inserted? | |
| 4058 8 When Inserting a lot of text, it can only be undone as a whole. Make undo | |
| 4059 sync points at every line or word. Could recognize the start of a new | |
| 4060 word (white space and then non-white space) and backspacing. | |
| 4061 Can already use CTRL-G u, but that requires remapping a lot of things. | |
| 4062 8 Make undo more memory-efficient: Compare text before and after change, | |
| 4063 only remember the lines that really changed. | |
| 4064 7 Add undo for a range of lines. Can change these back to a previous | |
| 4065 version without changing the rest of the file. Stop doing this when a | |
| 4066 change includes only some of these lines and changes the line count. Need | |
| 4067 to store these undo actions as a separate change that can be undone. | |
| 4068 - For u_save() include the column number. This can be used to set '[ and ']. | |
| 4069 And in the future the undo can be made more efficient (Webb). | |
| 4070 - In out-of-memory situations: Free allocated space in undo, and reduce the | |
| 4071 number of undo levels (with confirmation). | |
| 4072 - Instead of [+], give the number of changes since the last write: [+123]. | |
| 4073 When undoing to before the last write, change this to a negative number: | |
| 4074 [-99]. | |
| 4075 - With undo with simple line delete/insert: optimize screen updating. | |
| 4076 - When executing macro's: Save each line for undo only once. | |
| 4077 - When doing a global substitute, causing almost all lines to be changed, | |
| 4078 undo info becomes very big. Put undo info in swap file?? | |
| 4079 | |
| 4080 | |
| 4081 Buffer list: | |
| 4082 7 Command to execute a command in another buffer: ":inbuf {bufname} {cmd}". | |
| 4083 Also for other windows: ":inwin {winnr} {cmd}". How to make sure that | |
| 4084 this works properly for all commands, and still be able to return to the | |
| 4085 current buffer/window? E.g.: ":inbuf xxx only". | |
| 4086 8 Add File.{recent_files} menu entries: Recently edited files. | |
| 4087 Ron Aaron has a plugin for this: mru.vim. | |
| 4088 8 Unix: Check all uses of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() if they should check | |
| 4089 inode too. | |
| 4090 7 Add another number for a buffer, which is visible for the user. When | |
| 237 | 4091 creating a new buffer, use the lowest number not in use (or the highest |
| 4092 number in use plus one?). | |
| 7 | 4093 7 Offer some buffer selection from the command line? Like using ":ls" and |
| 4094 asking for a buffer number. (Zachmann) | |
| 4095 - When starting to edit a file that is already in the buffer list, use the | |
| 4096 file name argument for the new short file name. (Webb) | |
| 4097 - Add an option to make ":bnext" and ":bprev" wrap around the end of the | |
| 4098 buffer list. Also for ":next" and ":prev"? | |
| 4099 7 Add argument to ":ls" which is a pattern for buffers to list. | |
| 4100 E.g. ":ls *.c". (Thompson) | |
| 4101 7 Add expansion of buffer names, so that "*.c" is expanded to all buffer | |
| 4102 names. Needed for ":bdel *.c", ":bunload *.c", etc. | |
| 4103 8 Support for <afile> where a buffer name is expected. | |
| 237 | 4104 8 Some commands don't use line numbers, but buffer numbers. '$' |
| 7 | 4105 should then mean the number of the last buffer. E.g.: "4,$bdel". |
| 4106 7 Add an option to mostly use slashes in file names. Separately for | |
| 4107 internal use and for when executing an external program? | |
| 4108 | |
| 4109 | |
| 4110 Swap (.swp) files: | |
| 4111 8 If writing to the swap file fails, should try to open one in another | |
| 4112 directory from 'dir'. Useful in case the file system is full and when | |
| 4113 there are short file name problems. | |
| 4114 8 Also use the code to try using a short file name for the backup and swap | |
| 4115 file for the Win32 and Dos 32 bit versions. | |
| 4116 8 When a file is edited by root, add $LOGNAME to know who did su. | |
| 4117 8 When the edited file is a symlink, try to put the swap file in the same | |
| 237 | 4118 dir as the actual file. Adjust FullName(). Avoids editing the same file |
| 7 | 4119 twice (e.g. when using quickfix). Also try to make the name of the backup |
| 4120 file the same as the actual file? | |
| 4121 Use the code for resolve()? | |
| 4122 7 When using 64 bit inode numbers, also store the top 32 bits. Add another | |
| 4123 field for this, using part of bo_fname[], to keep it compatible. | |
| 4124 7 When editing a file on removable media, should put swap file somewhere | |
| 237 | 4125 else. Use something like 'r' flag in 'viminfo'. 'diravoid'? |
| 7 | 4126 Also: Be able to specify minimum disk space, skip directory when not |
| 4127 enough room. | |
| 4128 7 Add a configure check for which directory should be used: /tmp, /var/tmp | |
| 4129 or /var/preserve. | |
| 4130 - Add an option to create a swap file only when making the first change to | |
| 4131 the buffer. (Liang) Or only when the buffer is not read-only. | |
| 4132 - Add option to set "umask" for backup files and swap files (Antwerpen). | |
| 4133 'backupumask' and 'swapumask'? Or 'umaskback' and 'umaskswap'? | |
| 4134 - When editing a readonly file, don't use a swap file but read parts from the | |
| 4135 original file. Also do this when the file is huge (>'maxmem'). We do | |
| 4136 need to load the file once to count the number of lines? Perhaps keep a | |
| 4137 cached list of which line is where. | |
| 4138 | |
| 4139 | |
| 4140 Viminfo: | |
| 4141 7 Can probably remove the code that checks for a writable viminfo file, | |
| 4142 because we now do the chown() for root, and others can't overwrite someone | |
| 4143 else's viminfo file. | |
| 1280 | 4144 8 When there is no .viminfo file and someone does "su", runs Vim, a |
| 4145 root-owned .viminfo file is created. Is there a good way to avoid this? | |
| 4146 Perhaps check the owner of the directory. Only when root? | |
| 7 | 4147 8 Add argument to keep the list of buffers when Vim is started with a file |
| 4148 name. (Schild) | |
| 4149 8 Keep the last used directory of the file browser (File/Open menu). | |
| 4150 8 Remember the last used register for "@@". | |
| 1624 | 4151 8 Remember the redo buffer, so that "." works after restarting. |
| 7 | 4152 8 Remember a list of last accessed files. To be used in the |
| 4153 "File.Open Recent" menu. Default is to remember 10 files or so. | |
| 4154 Also remember which files have been read and written. How to display | |
| 4155 this? | |
| 4156 7 Also store the ". register (last inserted text). | |
| 4157 7 Make it possible to store buffer names in viminfo file relative to some | |
| 4158 directory, to make them portable over a network. (Aaron) | |
| 4159 6 Store a snapshot of the currently opened windows. So that when quitting | |
| 4160 Vim, and then starting again (without a file name argument), you see the | |
| 4161 same files in the windows. Use ":mksession" code? | |
| 4162 - Make marks present in .viminfo usable as file marks: Display a list of | |
| 4163 "last visited files" and select one to jump to. | |
| 4164 | |
| 4165 | |
| 4166 Modelines: | |
| 4167 8 Before trying to execute a modeline, check that it looks like one (valid | |
| 4168 option names). If it's very wrong, silently ignore it. | |
| 4169 Ignore a line that starts with "Subject: ". | |
| 1624 | 4170 - Add an option to whitelist options that are allowed in a modeline. This |
| 4171 would allow careful users to use modelines, e.g., only allowing | |
| 4172 'shiftwidth'. | |
| 4173 - Add an option to let modelines only set local options, not global ones | |
| 4174 such as 'encoding'. | |
| 7 | 4175 - When an option value is coming from a modeline, do not carry it over to |
| 4176 another edited file? Would need to remember the value from before the | |
| 4177 modeline setting. | |
| 4178 - Allow setting a variable from a modeline? Only allow using fixed strings, | |
| 4179 no function calls, to avoid a security problem. | |
| 4180 - Allow ":doauto BufRead x.cpp" in modelines, to execute autocommands for | |
| 4181 .cpp files. | |
| 4182 - Support the "abbreviate" command in modelines (Kearns). Careful for | |
| 4183 characters after <Esc>, that is a security leak. | |
| 4184 - Add option setting to ask user if he wants to have the modelines executed | |
| 4185 or not. Same for .exrc in local dir. | |
| 4186 | |
| 4187 | |
| 580 | 4188 Sessions: |
| 4189 8 DOS/Windows: ":mksession" generates a "cd" command where "aa\#bb" means | |
| 4190 directory "#bb" in "aa", but it's used as "aa#bb". (Ronald Hoellwarth) | |
| 4191 7 When there is a "help.txt" window in a session file, restoring that | |
| 4192 session will not get the "LOCAL ADDITIONS" back. | |
| 7 | 4193 8 With ":mksession" always store the 'sessionoptions' option, even when |
| 4194 "options" isn't in it. (St-Amant) | |
| 580 | 4195 8 When using ":mksession", also store a command to reset all options to |
| 4196 their default value, before setting the options that are not at their | |
| 4197 default value. | |
| 4198 7 With ":mksession" also store the tag stack and jump history. (Michal | |
| 4199 Malecki) | |
| 4200 7 Persistent variables: "p:var"; stored in viminfo file and sessions files. | |
| 856 | 4201 |
| 580 | 4202 |
| 4203 Options: | |
| 374 | 4204 7 ":with option=value | command": temporarily set an option value and |
| 4205 restore it after the command has executed. | |
| 7 | 4206 7 Setting an option always sets "w_set_curswant", while this is only |
| 4207 required for a few options. Only do it for those options to avoid the | |
| 4208 side effect. | |
| 4209 8 Make "old" number options that really give a number of effects into string | |
| 4210 options that are a comma separated list. The old number values should | |
| 4211 also be supported. | |
| 4212 8 Add commands to save and restore an option, which also preserves the flag | |
| 4213 that marks if the option was set. Useful to keep the effect of setting | |
| 4214 'compatible' after ":syntax on" has been used. | |
| 4215 7 There is 'titleold', why is there no 'iconold'? (Chazelas) | |
| 4216 7 Make 'scrolloff' a global-local option, so that it can be different in the | |
| 4217 quickfix window, for example. (Gary Holloway) | |
| 4218 | |
| 4219 | |
| 4220 External commands: | |
| 4221 8 When filtering text, redirect stderr so that it can't mess up the screen | |
| 4222 and Vim doesn't need to redraw it. Also for ":r !cmd". | |
| 4223 4 Set separate shell for ":sh", piping "range!filter", reading text "r !ls" | |
| 4224 and writing text "w !wc". (Deutsche) Allow arguments for fast start (e.g. | |
| 4225 -f). | |
| 4226 4 Allow direct execution, without using a shell. | |
| 4227 4 Run an external command in the background. But how about I/O in the GUI? | |
| 4228 Careful: don't turn Vim into a shell! | |
| 4229 4 Add feature to disable using a shell or external commands. | |
| 4230 | |
| 4231 | |
| 4232 Multiple Windows: | |
| 4233 7 "vim -oO file ..." use both horizontal and vertical splits. | |
| 4234 8 Add CTRL-W T: go to the top window in the column of the current window. | |
| 4235 And CTRL-W B: go to bottom window. | |
| 4236 7 Use CTRL-W <Tab>, like alt-tab, to switch between buffers. Repeat <Tab> | |
| 4237 to select another buffer (only loaded ones?), <BS> to go back, <Enter> to | |
| 4238 select buffer, <Esc> to go back to original buffer. | |
| 1668 | 4239 7 Make it possible to edit a new buffer in the preview window. A script can |
| 4240 then fill it with something. ":popen"? | |
| 782 | 4241 7 Add a 'tool' window: behaves like a preview window but there can be |
| 4242 several. Don't count it in only_one_window(). (Alexei Alexandrov) | |
| 7 | 4243 6 Add an option to resize the shell when splitting and/or closing a window. |
| 4244 ":vsp" would make the shell wider by as many columns as needed for the new | |
| 237 | 4245 window. Specify a maximum size (or use the screen size). ":close" would |
| 7 | 4246 shrink the shell by as many columns as come available. (Demirel) |
| 4247 7 When starting Vim several times, instantiate a Vim server, that allows | |
| 4248 communication between the different Vims. Feels like one Vim running with | |
| 4249 multiple top-level windows. Esp. useful when Vim is started from an IDE | |
| 4250 too. Requires some form of inter process communication. | |
| 4251 - Support a connection to an external viewer. Could call the viewer | |
| 4252 automatically after some seconds of non-activity, or with a command. | |
| 4253 Allow some way of reporting scrolling and cursor positioning in the viewer | |
| 4254 to Vim, so that the link between the viewed and edited text can be made. | |
| 4255 | |
| 4256 | |
| 4257 Marks: | |
| 1624 | 4258 8 Add ten marks for last changed files: ':0, ':1, etc. One mark per file. |
| 7 | 4259 8 When cursor is first moved because of scrolling, set a mark at this |
| 4260 position. (Rimon Barr) Use '-. | |
| 237 | 4261 8 Add a command to jump to a mark and make the motion inclusive. g'm and g`m? |
| 7 | 4262 8 The '" mark is set to the first line, even when doing ":next" a few times. |
| 4263 Only set the '" mark when the cursor was really moved in a file. | |
| 4264 8 Make `` and '', which would position the new cursor position in the middle | |
| 4265 of the window, restore the old topline (or relative position) from when | |
| 4266 the mark was set. | |
| 4267 7 Make a list of file marks in a separate window. For listing all buffers, | |
| 4268 matching tags, errors, etc. Normal commands to move around. Add commands | |
| 4269 to jump to the mark (in current window or new window). Start it with | |
| 4270 ":browse marks"? | |
| 4271 6 Add a menu that lists the Marks like ":marks". (Amerige) | |
| 4272 7 For ":jumps", ":tags" and ":marks", for not loaded buffers, remember the | |
| 4273 text at the mark. Highlight the column with the mark. | |
| 4274 7 Highlight each mark in some way (With "Mark" highlight group). | |
| 4275 Or display marks in a separate column, like 'number' does. | |
| 4276 7 Use d"m to delete rectangular area from cursor to mark m (like Vile's \m | |
| 4277 command). | |
| 4278 7 Try to keep marks in the same position when: | |
| 4279 - replacing with a line break, like in ":s/pat/^M/", move marks after the | |
| 4280 line break column to the next line. (Acevedo) | |
| 4281 - inserting/deleting characters in a line. | |
| 4282 5 Include marks for start/end of the current word and section. Useful in | |
| 4283 mappings. | |
| 4284 6 Add "unnamed mark" feature: Like marks for the ":g" command, but place and | |
| 4285 unplace them with commands before doing something with the lines. | |
| 4286 Highlight the marked lines somehow. | |
| 4287 | |
| 4288 | |
| 4289 Digraphs: | |
| 4290 7 Make "ga" show the digraph for a character, if it exists. | |
| 4291 Also the keymap? | |
| 4292 - Make it possible to enter "r<C-E>" and "r<C-Y>" (get character from line | |
| 4293 below/above). | |
| 4294 - Use digraph table to tell Vim about the collating sequence of special | |
| 4295 characters? | |
| 26 | 4296 8 Add command to remove one or more (all) digraphs. (Brown) |
| 7 | 4297 7 Support different sets of digraphs (depending on the character set?). At |
| 4298 least Latin1/Unicode, Latin-2, MS-DOS (esp. for Win32). | |
| 4299 | |
| 4300 | |
| 4301 Writing files: | |
| 4302 - In vim_rename(), should lock "from" file when deleting "to" file for | |
| 4303 systems other than Amiga. Avoids problems with unexpected longname to | |
| 4304 shortname conversion. | |
| 4305 8 write mch_isdevice() for Amiga, Mac, VMS, etc. | |
| 4306 8 When appending to a file, Vim should also make a backup and a 'patchmode' | |
| 4307 file. | |
| 4308 8 'backupskip' doesn't write a backup file at all, a bit dangerous for some | |
| 4309 applications. Add 'backupelsewhere' to write a backup file in another | |
| 4310 directory? Or add a flag to 'backupdir'? | |
| 4311 6 Add an option to write a new, numbered, backup file each time. Like | |
| 4312 'patchmode', e.g., 'backupmode'. | |
| 4313 6 Make it possible to write 'patchmode' files to a different directory. | |
| 4314 E.g., ":set patchmode=~/backups/*.orig". (Thomas) | |
| 4315 6 Add an option to prepend something to the backup file name. E.g., "#". | |
| 4316 Or maybe allow a function to modify the backup file name? | |
| 237 | 4317 8 Only make a backup when overwriting a file for the first time. Avoids |
| 7 | 4318 losing the original when writing twice. (Slootman) |
| 4319 7 On non-Unix machines, also overwrite the original file in some situations | |
| 4320 (file system full, it's a link on an NFS partition). | |
| 4321 7 When editing a file, check that it has been change outside of Vim more | |
| 4322 often, not only when writing over it. E.g., at the time the swap file is | |
| 4323 flushed. Or every ten seconds or so (use the time of day, check it before | |
| 4324 waiting for a character to be typed). | |
| 4325 8 When a file was changed since editing started, show this in the status | |
| 4326 line of the window, like "[time]". | |
| 4327 Make it easier to reload all outdated files that don't have changes. | |
| 4328 Automatic and/or with a command. | |
| 4329 | |
| 4330 | |
| 4331 Substitute: | |
| 343 | 4332 8 Substitute with hex/unicode number "\%xff" and "\%uabcd". Just like |
| 4333 "\%uabcd" in search pattern. | |
| 237 | 4334 8 Make it easier to replace in all files in the argument list. E.g.: |
| 7 | 4335 ":argsub/oldword/newword/". Works like ":argdo %s/oldword/newword/g|w". |
| 4336 - :s///p prints the line after a substitution. | |
| 4337 - With :s///c replace \&, ~, etc. when showing the replacement pattern. | |
| 4338 8 With :s///c allow scrolling horizontally when 'nowrap' is effective. | |
| 4339 Also allow a count before the scrolling keys. | |
| 237 | 4340 - Add number option to ":s//2": replace second occurrence of string? Or: |
| 7 | 4341 :s///N substitutes N times. |
| 4342 - Add answers to ":substitute" with 'c' flag, used in a ":global", e.g.: | |
| 4343 ":g/pat1/s/pat2/pat3/cg": 'A' do all remaining replacements, 'Q' don't do | |
| 4344 any replacements, 'u' undo last substitution. | |
| 4345 7 Substitute in a block of text. Use {line}.{column} notation in an Ex | |
| 4346 range, e.g.: ":1.3,$.5s" means to substitute from line 1 column 3 to the | |
| 4347 last line column 5. | |
| 4348 5 Add commands to bookmark lines, display bookmarks, remove bookmarks, | |
| 4349 operate on lines with bookmarks, etc. Like ":global" but with the | |
| 4350 possibility to keep the bookmarks and use them with several commands. | |
| 4351 (Stanislav Sitar) | |
| 4352 | |
| 4353 | |
| 4354 Mouse support: | |
| 4355 8 Add 'o' flag to 'mouse'? | |
| 4356 7 Be able to set a 'mouseshape' for the popup menu. | |
| 4357 8 Add 'mouse' flag, which sets a behavior like Visual mode, but automatic | |
| 4358 yanking at the button-up event. Or like Select mode, but typing gets you | |
| 4359 out of Select mode, instead of replacing the text. (Bhaskar) | |
| 4360 - Implement mouse support for the Amiga console. | |
| 4361 - Using right mouse button to extend a blockwise selection should attach to | |
| 4362 the nearest corner of the rectangle (four possible corners). | |
| 4363 - Precede mouse click by a number to simulate double clicks?!? | |
| 4364 - When mouse click after 'r' command, get character that was pointed to. | |
| 4365 | |
| 4366 | |
| 4367 Argument list: | |
| 4368 6 Add command to put all filenames from the tag files in the argument list. | |
| 4369 When given an argument, only use the files where that argument matches | |
| 4370 (like `grep -l ident`) and jump to the first match. | |
| 4371 6 Add command to form an args list from all the buffers? | |
| 4372 | |
| 4373 | |
| 4374 Registers: | |
| 4375 8 Don't display empty registers with ":display". (Etienne) | |
| 4376 8 Make the # register writable, so that it can be restored after jumping | |
| 4377 around in windows. | |
| 4378 8 Add put command that overwrites existing text. Should also work for | |
| 4379 blocks. Useful to move text around in a table. Works like using "R ^R r" | |
| 4380 for every line. | |
| 4381 6 When yanking into the unnamed registers several times, somehow make the | |
| 4382 previous contents also available (like it's done for deleting). What | |
| 4383 register names to use? g"1, g"2, etc.? | |
| 4384 - When appending to a register, also report the total resulting number of | |
| 4385 lines. Or just say "99 more lines yanked", add the "more". | |
| 4386 - When inserting a register in Insert mode with CTRL-R, don't insert comment | |
| 4387 leader when line wraps? | |
| 4388 - The ":@r" commands should take a range and execute the register for each | |
| 4389 line in the range. | |
| 4390 - Add "P" command to insert contents of unnamed register, move selected text | |
| 4391 to position of previous deleted (to swap foo and bar in " + foo") | |
| 4392 8 Should be able to yank and delete into the "/ register. | |
| 4393 How to take care of the flags (offset, magic)? | |
| 8 | 4394 |
| 7 | 4395 |
| 4396 Debug mode: | |
| 4397 7 Add something to enable debugging when a remote message is received. | |
| 4398 8 Add breakpoints for setting an option | |
| 9 | 4399 8 Add breakpoints for assigning to a variable. |
| 7 | 4400 7 Add a watchpoint in the debug mode: An expression that breaks execution |
| 23 | 4401 when evaluating to non-zero. Add the "watchadd expr" command, stop when |
| 4402 the value of the expression changes. ":watchdel" deletes an item, | |
| 4403 ":watchlist" lists the items. (Charles Campbell) | |
| 7 | 4404 7 Store the history from debug mode in viminfo. |
| 4405 7 Make the debug mode history available with histget() et al. | |
| 4406 | |
| 4407 | |
| 4408 Various improvements: | |
| 2642 | 4409 9 Python: be able to define a Python function that can be called directly |
| 4410 from Vim script. Requires converting the arguments and return value. | |
| 1624 | 4411 8 ":sign unplace * file={filename}" should work. Also: ":sign unplace * |
| 4412 buffer={bufnr}". So one can remove all signs for one file/buffer. | |
| 667 | 4413 7 Add plugins for formatting? Should be able to make a choice depending on |
| 4414 the language of a file (English/Korean/Japanese/etc.). | |
| 4415 Setting the 'langformat' option to "chinese" would load the | |
| 4416 "format/chinese.vim" plugin. | |
| 4417 The plugin would set 'formatexpr' and define the function being called. | |
| 4418 Edward L. Fox explains how it should be done for most Asian languages. | |
| 4419 (2005 Nov 24) | |
| 1624 | 4420 Alternative: patch for utf-8 line breaking. (Yongwei Wu, 2008 Feb 23) |
| 432 | 4421 7 [t to move to previous xml/html tag (like "vatov"), ]t to move to next |
| 4422 ("vatv"). | |
| 436 | 4423 7 [< to move to previous xml/html tag, e.g., previous <li>. ]< to move to |
| 4424 next <li>, ]< to next </li>, [< to previous </li>. | |
| 7 | 4425 8 Add ":rename" command: rename the file of the current buffer and rename |
| 4426 the buffer. Buffer may be modified. | |
| 1125 | 4427 7 Instead of filtering errors with a shell script it should be possible to |
| 4428 do this with Vim script. A function that filters the raw text that comes | |
| 4429 from the 'makeprg'? | |
| 651 | 4430 - Add %b to 'errorformat': buffer number. (Yegappan Lakshmanan / Suresh |
| 41 | 4431 Govindachar) |
| 1125 | 4432 7 Add a command that goes back to the position from before jumping to the |
| 4433 first quickfix location. ":cbefore"? | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
4434 7 Allow a window not to have a statusline. Makes it possible to use a |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
4435 window as a buffer-tab selection. |
|
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
4436 8 Allow non-active windows to have a different statusline. (Yakov Lerner) |
| 7 | 4437 6 Python interface: add vim.message() function. (Michal Vitecek, 2002 Nov 5) |
| 4438 7 Support using ":vert" with User commands. Add expandable items <vert>. | |
| 4439 Do the same for ":browse" and ":confirm"? | |
| 4440 For ":silent" and ":debug" apply to the whole user command. | |
| 1624 | 4441 More general: need a way to access command modifiers in a user command. |
| 4442 Assign them to a v: variable? | |
| 7 | 4443 7 Add an invisible buffer which can be edited. For use in scripts that want |
| 4444 to manipulate text without changing the window layout. | |
| 4445 8 Add a command to revert to the saved version of file; undo or redo until | |
| 4446 all changes are gone. | |
| 4447 6 "vim -q -" should read the list of errors from stdin. (Gautam Mudunuri) | |
| 4448 8 Add "--remote-fail": When contacting the server fails, exit Vim. | |
| 4449 Add "--remote-self": When contacting the server fails, do it in this Vim. | |
| 4450 Overrules the default of "--remote-send" to fail and "--remote" to do it | |
| 4451 in this Vim. | |
| 4452 8 When Vim was started without a server, make it possible to start one, as | |
| 237 | 4453 if the "--servername" argument was given. ":startserver <name>"? |
| 7 | 4454 8 No address range can be used before the command modifiers. This makes |
| 4455 them difficult to use in a menu for Visual mode. Accept the range and | |
| 4456 have it apply to the following command. | |
| 4457 8 Add the possibility to set 'fileformats' to force a format and strip other | |
| 4458 CR characters. For example, for "dos" files remove CR characters at the | |
| 4459 end of the line, so that a file with mixed line endings is cleaned up. | |
| 4460 To just not display the CR characters: Add a flag to 'display'? | |
| 4461 7 Some compilers give error messages in which the file name does not have a | |
| 4462 path. Be able to specify that 'path' is used for these files. | |
| 4463 7 Xterm sends <Esc>O3F for <M-End>. Similarly for other <M-Home>, <M-Left>, | |
| 4464 etc. Combinations of Alt, Ctrl and Shift are also possible. Recognize | |
| 4465 these to avoid inserting the raw byte sequence, handle like the key | |
| 4466 without modifier (unless mapped). | |
| 4467 6 Add "gG": like what "gj" is to "j": go to the N'th window line. | |
| 4468 8 Add command like ":normal" that accepts <Key> notation like ":map". | |
| 4469 9 Support ACLs on more systems. | |
| 4470 7 Add ModeMsgVisual, ModeMsgInsert, etc. so that each mode message can be | |
| 4471 highlighted differently. | |
| 4472 7 Add a message area for the user. Set some option to reserve space (above | |
| 4473 the command line?). Use an ":echouser" command to display the message | |
| 4474 (truncated to fit in the space). | |
| 4475 7 Add %s to 'keywordprg': replace with word under the cursor. (Zellner) | |
| 4476 8 Support printing on Unix. Can use "lpansi.c" as an example. (Bookout) | |
| 4477 8 Add put command that replaces the text under it. Esp. for blockwise | |
| 4478 Visual mode. | |
| 8 | 4479 7 Enhance termresponse stuff: Add t_CV(?): pattern of term response, use |
| 7 | 4480 regexp: "\e\[[>?][0-9;]*c", but only check just after sending t_RV. |
| 4481 7 Add "g|" command: move to N'th column from the left margin (after wrapping | |
| 4482 and applying 'leftcol'). Works as "|" like what "g0" is to "0". | |
| 4483 7 Support setting 'equalprg' to a user function name. | |
| 4484 7 Highlight the characters after the end-of-line differently. | |
| 4485 7 When 'whichwrap' contains "l", "$dl" should join lines? | |
| 4486 8 Add an argument to configure to use $CFLAGS and not modify it? (Mooney) | |
| 4487 8 Enabling features is a mix of configure arguments and defines in | |
| 4488 feature.h. How to make this consistent? Feature.h is required for | |
| 4489 non-unix systems. Perhaps let configure define CONF_XXX, and use #ifdef | |
| 4490 CONF_XXX in feature.h? Then what should min-features and max-features do? | |
| 4491 8 Add "g^E" and "g^Y", to scroll a screen-full line up and down. | |
| 4492 6 Add ":timer" command, to set a command to be executed at a certain | |
| 4493 interval, or once after some time has elapsed. (Aaron) | |
| 620 | 4494 Perhaps an autocommand event like CursorHold is better? |
| 7 | 4495 8 Add ":confirm" handling in open_exfile(), for when file already exists. |
| 4496 8 When quitting with changed files, make the dialog list the changed file | |
| 4497 and allow "write all", "discard all", "write some". The last one would | |
| 4498 then ask "write" or "discard" for each changed file. Patch in HierAssist | |
| 4499 does something like this. (Shah) | |
| 4500 7 Use growarray for replace stack. | |
| 4501 7 Have a look at viH (Hellenic or Greek version of Vim). But a solution | |
| 4502 outside of Vim might be satisfactory (Haritsis). | |
| 4503 3 Make "2d%" work like "d%d%" instead of "d2%"? | |
| 4504 7 "g CTRL-O" jumps back to last used buffer. Skip CTRL-O jumps in the same | |
| 4505 buffer. Make jumplist remember the last ten accessed buffers? | |
| 4506 - Add code to disable the CAPS key when going from Insert to Normal mode. | |
| 4507 - Set date/protection/etc. of the patchfile the same as the original file. | |
| 4508 - Use growarray for termcodes[] in term.c | |
| 4509 - Add <window-99>, like <cword> but use filename of 99'th window. | |
| 4510 7 Add a way to change an operator to always work characterwise-inclusive | |
| 4511 (like "v" makes the operator characterwise-exclusive). "x" could be used. | |
| 4512 - Make a set of operations on list of names: expand wildcards, replace home | |
| 4513 dir, append a string, delete a string, etc. | |
| 2587 | 4514 - Remove using mktemp() and use tmpname() only? Ctags does this. |
| 7 | 4515 - When replacing environment variables, and there is one that is not set, |
| 4516 turn it into an empty string? Only when expanding options? (Hiebert) | |
| 4517 - Option to set command to be executed instead of producing a beep (e.g. to | |
| 4518 call "play newbeep.au"). | |
| 4519 - Add option to show the current function name in the status line. More or | |
| 4520 less what you find with "[[k", like how 'cindent' recognizes a function. | |
| 4521 (Bhatt). | |
| 4522 - "[r" and "]r": like "p" and "P", but replace instead of insert (esp. for | |
| 4523 blockwise registers). | |
| 4524 - Add 'timecheck' option, on by default. Makes it possible to switch off the | |
| 4525 timestamp warning and question. (Dodt). | |
| 4526 - Add an option to set the time after which Vim should check the timestamps | |
| 4527 of the files. Only check when an event occurs (e.g., character typed, | |
| 4528 mouse moved). Useful for non-GUI versions where keyboard focus isn't | |
| 4529 noticeable. | |
| 4530 - Make 'smartcase' work even though 'ic' isn't set (Webb). | |
| 4531 7 When formatting text, allow to break the line at a number of characters. | |
| 4532 Use an option for this: 'breakchars'? Useful for formatting Fortran code. | |
| 4533 - Add flag to 'formatoptions' to be able to format book-style paragraphs | |
| 4534 (first line of paragraph has larger indent, no empty lines between | |
| 4535 paragraphs). Complements the '2' flag. Use '>' flag when larger indent | |
| 4536 starts a new paragraph, use '<' flag when smaller indent starts a new | |
| 4537 paragraph. Both start a new paragraph on any indent change. | |
| 1125 | 4538 8 The 'a' flag in 'formatoptions' is too dangerous. In some way only do |
| 4539 auto-formatting in specific regions, e.g. defined by syntax highlighting. | |
| 7 | 4540 8 Allow using a trailing space to signal a paragraph that continues on the |
| 4541 next line (MIME text/plain; format=flowed, RFC 2646). Can be used for | |
| 4542 continuous formatting. Could use 'autoformat' option, which specifies a | |
| 4543 regexp which triggers auto-formatting (for one line). | |
| 4544 ":set autoformat=\\s$". | |
| 4545 - Be able to redefine where a sentence stops. Use a regexp pattern? | |
| 169 | 4546 - Support multi-byte characters for sentences. Example from Ben Peterson. |
| 7 | 4547 7 Add command "g)" to go to the end of a sentence, "g(" to go back to the |
| 4548 end of a sentence. (Servatius Brandt) | |
| 4549 - Be able to redefine where a paragraph starts. For "[[" where the '{' is | |
| 4550 not in column 1. | |
| 4551 6 Add ":cdprev": go back to the previous directory. Need to remember a | |
| 4552 stack of previous directories. We also need ":cdnext". | |
| 4553 7 Should ":cd" for MS-DOS go to $HOME, when it's defined? | |
| 4554 - Make "gq<CR>" work on the last line in the file. Maybe for every operator? | |
| 4555 - Add more redirecting of Ex commands: | |
| 121 | 4556 :redir #> bufname |
| 4557 :redir #>> bufname (append) | |
| 162 | 4558 - Give error message when starting :redir: twice or using END when no |
| 4559 redirection was active. | |
| 7 | 4560 - Setting of options, specifically for a buffer or window, with |
| 4561 ":set window.option" or ":set buffer.option=val". Or use ":buffer.set". | |
| 4562 Also: "buffer.map <F1> quit". | |
| 4563 6 Would it be possible to change the color of the cursor in the Win32 | |
| 4564 console? (Klaus Hast) | |
| 4565 - Add :delcr command: | |
| 4566 *:delcr* | |
| 4567 :[range]delcr[!] Check [range] lines (default: whole buffer) for lines | |
| 4568 ending in <CR>. If all lines end in <CR>, or [!] is | |
| 4569 used, remove the <CR> at the end of lines in [range]. | |
| 4570 A CTRL-Z at the end of the file is removed. If | |
| 4571 [range] is omitted, or it is the whole file, and all | |
| 4572 lines end in <CR> 'textmode' is set. {not in Vi} | |
| 4573 - Should integrate addstar() and file_pat_to_reg_pat(). | |
| 4574 - When working over a serial line with 7 bit characters, remove meta | |
| 4575 characters from 'isprint'. | |
| 4576 - Use fchdir() in init_homedir(), like in FullName(). | |
| 4577 - In win_update(), when the GUI is active, always use the scrolling area. | |
| 4578 Avoid that the last status line is deleted and needs to be redrawn. | |
| 4579 - That "cTx" fails when the cursor is just after 'x' is Vi compatible, but | |
| 4580 may not be what you expect. Add a flag in 'cpoptions' for this? More | |
| 4581 general: Add an option to allow "c" to work with a null motion. | |
| 4582 - Give better error messages by using errno (strerror()). | |
| 4583 - Give "Usage:" error message when command used with wrong arguments (like | |
| 4584 Nvi). | |
| 4585 - Make 'restorescreen' option also work for xterm (and others), replaces the | |
| 4586 SAVE_XTERM_SCREEN define. | |
| 4587 7 Support for ":winpos" In xterm: report the current window position. | |
| 4588 - Give warning message when using ":set t_xx=asdf" for a termcap code that | |
| 4589 Vim doesn't know about. Add flag in 'shortmess'? | |
| 4590 6 Add ":che <file>", list all the include paths which lead to this file. | |
| 4591 - For a commandline that has several commands (:s, :d, etc.) summarize the | |
| 4592 changes all together instead of for each command (e.g. for the rot13 | |
| 4593 macro). | |
| 4594 - Add command like "[I" that also shows the tree of included files. | |
| 4595 - ":set sm^L" results in ":set s", because short names of options are also | |
| 4596 expanded. Is there a better way to do this? | |
| 4597 - Add ":@!" command, to ":@" like what ":source!" is to ":source". | |
| 4598 8 Add ":@:!": repeat last command with forceit set. | |
| 4599 - Add 't_normal': Used whenever t_me, t_se, t_ue or t_Zr is empty. | |
| 4600 - ":cab map test ^V| je", ":cunab map" doesn't work. This is vi compatible! | |
| 4601 - CTRL-W CTRL-E and CTRL-W CTRL-Y should move the current window up or down | |
| 4602 if it is not the first or last window. | |
| 4603 - Include-file-search commands should look in the loaded buffer of a file (if | |
| 4604 there is one) instead of the file itself. | |
| 4605 7 Change 'nrformats' to include the leader for each format. Example: | |
| 4606 nrformats=hex:$,binary:b,octal:0 | |
| 4607 Add setting of 'nrformats' to syntax files. | |
| 4608 - 'path' can become very long, don't use NameBuff for expansion. | |
| 4609 - When unhiding a hidden buffer, put the same line at top of the window as | |
| 237 | 4610 the one before hiding it. Or: keep the same relative cursor position (so |
| 7 | 4611 many percent down the windows). |
| 4612 - Make it possible for the 'showbreak' to be displayed at the end of the | |
| 4613 line. Use a comma to separate the part at the end and the start of the | |
| 4614 line? Highlight the linebreak characters, add flag in 'highlight'. | |
| 4615 - Some string options should be expanded if they have wildcards, e.g. | |
| 4616 'dictionary' when it is "*.h". | |
| 4617 - Use a specific type for number and boolean options, making it possible to | |
| 4618 change it for specific machines (e.g. when a long is 64 bit). | |
| 4619 - Add option for <Insert> in replace mode going to normal mode. (Nugent) | |
| 4620 - Add a next/previous possibility to "[^I" and friends. | |
| 4621 - Add possibility to change the HOME directory. Use the directory from the | |
| 4622 passwd file? (Antwerpen) | |
| 4623 8 Add commands to push and pop all or individual options. ":setpush tw", | |
| 4624 ":setpop tw", ":setpush all". Maybe pushing/popping all options is | |
| 4625 sufficient. ":setflush" resets the option stack? | |
| 4626 How to handle an aborted mapping? Remember position in tag stack when | |
| 4627 mapping starts, restore it when an error aborts the mapping? | |
| 4628 - Change ":fixdel" into option 'fixdel', t_del will be adjusted each time | |
| 4629 t_bs is set? (Webb) | |
| 4630 - "gc": goto character, move absolute character positions forward, also | |
| 237 | 4631 counting newlines. "gC" goes backwards (Weigert). |
| 4632 - When doing CTRL-^, redraw buffer with the same topline. (Demirel) Store | |
| 7 | 4633 cursor row and window height to redraw cursor at same percentage of window |
| 4634 (Webb). | |
| 4635 - Besides remembering the last used line number of a file, also remember the | |
| 237 | 4636 column. Use it with CTRL-^ et. al. |
| 7 | 4637 - Check for non-digits when setting a number option (careful when entering |
| 4638 hex codes like 0xff). | |
| 4639 - Add option to make "." redo the "@r" command, instead of the last command | |
| 4640 executed by it. Also to make "." redo the whole mapping. Basically: redo | |
| 4641 the last TYPED command. | |
| 4642 - Support URL links for ^X^F in Insert mode, like for "gf". | |
| 4643 - Support %name% expansion for "gf" on Windows. | |
| 4644 - Make "gf" work on "file://c:/path/name". "file:/c:/" and "file:///c:/" | |
| 4645 should also work? | |
| 4646 - Add 'urlpath', used like 'path' for when "gf" used on an URL? | |
| 4647 8 When using "gf" on an absolute file name, while editing a remote file | |
| 4648 (starts with scp:// or http://) should prepend the method and machine | |
| 4649 name. | |
| 4650 - When finding an URL or file name, and it doesn't exist, try removing a | |
| 4651 trailing '.'. | |
| 4652 - Add ":path" command modifier. Should work for every command that takes a | |
| 4653 file name argument, to search for the file name in 'path'. Use | |
| 4654 find_file_in_path(). | |
| 4655 - Highlight control characters on the screen: Shows the difference between | |
| 4656 CTRL-X and "^" followed by "X" (Colon). | |
| 4657 - Integrate parsing of cmdline command and parsing for expansion. | |
| 4658 - Create a program that can translate a .swp file from any machine into a | |
| 4659 form usable by Vim on the current machine. | |
| 4660 - Add ":noro" command: Reset 'ro' flag for all buffers, except ones that have | |
| 237 | 4661 a readonly file. ":noro!" will reset all 'ro' flags. |
| 7 | 4662 - Add a variant of CTRL-V that stops interpretation of more than one |
| 4663 character. For entering mappings on the command line where a key contains | |
| 4664 several special characters, e.g. a trailing newline. | |
| 237 | 4665 - Add regex for 'paragraphs' and 'sections': 'parare' and 'sectre'. Combine |
| 7 | 4666 the two into a regex for searching. (Ned Konz) |
| 4667 - Make '2' option in 'formatoptions' also work inside comments. | |
| 4668 - Add 's' flag to 'formatoptions': Do not break when inside a string. (Dodt) | |
| 4669 - When window size changed (with the mouse) and made too small, set it back | |
| 4670 to the minimal size. | |
| 4671 - Add "]>" and "[<", shift comment at end of line (command; /* comment */). | |
| 4672 - Should not call cursorcmd() for each vgetc() in getcmdline(). | |
| 4673 - ":split file1 file2" adds two more windows (Webb). | |
| 4674 - Don't give message "Incomplete last line" when editing binary file. | |
| 4675 - Add ":a", ":i" for preloading of named buffers. | |
| 4676 - When entering text, keep other windows on same buffer updated (when a line | |
| 4677 entered)? | |
| 4678 - Check out how screen does output optimizing. Apparently this is possible | |
| 4679 as an output filter. | |
| 237 | 4680 - In dosub() regexec is called twice for the same line. Try to avoid this. |
| 7 | 4681 - Window updating from memline.c: insert/delete/replace line. |
| 4682 - Optimize ml_append() for speed, esp. for reading a file. | |
| 4683 - V..c should keep indent when 'ai' is set, just like [count]cc. | |
| 4684 - Updatescript() can be done faster with a string instead of a char. | |
| 4685 - Screen updating is inefficient with CTRL-F and CTRL-B when there are long | |
| 4686 lines. | |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
4687 - Uppercase characters in Ex commands can be made lowercase? |
| 7 | 4688 8 Add option to show characters in text not as "|A" but as decimal ("^129"), |
| 4689 hex ("\x81") or octal ("\201") or meta (M-x). Nvi has the 'octal' option | |
| 4690 to switch from hex to octal. Vile can show unprintable characters in hex | |
| 4691 or in octal. | |
| 4692 7 Tighter integration with xxd to edit binary files. Make it more | |
| 4693 easy/obvious to use. Command line argument? | |
| 237 | 4694 - How does vi detect whether a filter has messed up the screen? Check source. |
| 7 | 4695 After ":w !command" a wait_return? |
| 4696 - Improve screen updating code for doput() (use s_ins()). | |
| 4697 - With 'p' command on last line: scroll screen up (also for terminals without | |
| 4698 insert line command). | |
| 4699 - Use insert/delete char when terminal supports it. | |
| 4700 - Optimize screen redraw for slow terminals. | |
| 4701 - Optimize "dw" for long row of spaces (say, 30000). | |
| 4702 - Add "-d null" for editing from a script file without displaying. | |
| 4703 - In Insert mode: Remember the characters that were removed with backspace | |
| 4704 and re-insert them one at a time with <key1>, all together with <key2>. | |
| 237 | 4705 - Amiga: Add possibility to set a keymap. The code in amiga.c does not work |
| 7 | 4706 yet. |
| 4707 - Implement 'redraw' option. | |
| 4708 - Add special code to 'sections' option to define something else but '{' or | |
| 4709 '}' as the start of a section (e.g. one shiftwidth to the right). | |
| 4710 7 Allow using Vim in a pipe: "ls | vim -u xxx.vim - | yyy". Only needs | |
| 4711 implementing ":w" to stdout in the buffer that was read from stdin. | |
| 231 | 4712 Perhaps writing to stdout will work, since stderr is used for the terminal |
| 4713 I/O. | |
| 7 | 4714 8 Allow opening an unnamed buffer with ":e !cmd" and ":sp !cmd". Vile can |
| 4715 do it. | |
| 4716 - Add commands like ]] and [[ that do not include the line jumped to. | |
| 4717 - When :unab without matching "from" part and several matching "to" parts, | |
| 4718 delete the entry that was used last, instead of the first in the list. | |
| 4719 - Add text justification option. | |
| 4720 - Set boolean options on/off with ":set paste=off", ":set paste=on". | |
| 4721 - After "inv"ing an option show the value: ":set invpaste" gives "paste is | |
| 4722 off". | |
| 4723 - Check handling of CTRL-V and '\' for ":" commands that do not have TRLBAR. | |
| 4724 - When a file cannot be opened but does exist, give error message. | |
| 4725 - Amiga: When 'r' protection bit is not set, file can still be opened but | |
| 237 | 4726 gives read errors. Check protection before opening. |
| 7 | 4727 - When writing check for file exists but no permission, "Permission denied". |
|
2207
b17bbfa96fa0
Add the settabvar() and gettabvar() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2206
diff
changeset
|
4728 - If file does not exist, check if directory exists. |
| 7 | 4729 - MSDOS: although t_cv and t_ci are not set, do invert char under cursor. |
| 4730 - Settings edit mode: make file with ":set opt=xx", edit it, parse it as ex | |
| 4731 commands. | |
| 4732 - ":set -w all": list one option per line. | |
| 4733 - Amiga: test for 'w' flag when reading a file. | |
| 4734 - :table command (Webb) | |
| 4735 - Add new operator: clear, make area white (replace with spaces): "g ". | |
| 4736 - Add command to ":read" a file at a certain column (blockwise read?). | |
| 4737 - Add sort of replace mode where case is taken from the old text (Goldfarb). | |
| 4738 - Allow multiple arguments for ":read", read all the files. | |
| 4739 - Support for tabs in specific columns: ":set tabcol=8,20,34,56" (Demirel). | |
| 4740 - Add 'searchdir' option: Directories to search for file name being edited | |
| 4741 (Demirel). | |
| 4742 - Modifier for the put command: Change to linewise, charwise, blockwise, etc. | |
| 4743 - Add commands for saving and restoring options ":set save" "set restore", | |
| 4744 for use in macro's and the like. | |
| 4745 - Keep output from listings in a window, so you can have a look at it while | |
| 237 | 4746 working in another window. Put cmdline in a separate window? |
|
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
4747 - Add possibility to put output of Ex commands in a buffer or file, e.g. for |
| 7 | 4748 ":set all". ":r :set all"? |
| 4749 - When the 'equalalways' option is set, creating a new window should not | |
| 237 | 4750 result in windows to become bigger. Deleting a window should not result in |
| 7 | 4751 a window to become smaller (Webb). |
| 4752 - When resizing the whole Vim window, the windows inside should be resized | |
| 4753 proportionally (Webb). | |
| 237 | 4754 - Include options directly in option table, no indirect pointers. Use |
| 7 | 4755 mkopttab to make option table? |
| 4756 - When doing ":w dir", where "dir" is a directory name, write the current | |
| 4757 file into that directory, with the current file name (without the path)? | |
| 4758 - Support for 'dictionary's that are sorted, makes access a lot faster | |
| 4759 (Haritsis). | |
| 237 | 4760 - Add "^Vrx" on the command line, replace with contents of register x. Used |
| 7 | 4761 instead of CTRL-R to make repeating possible. (Marinichev) |
| 4762 - Add "^Vb" on the command line, replace with word before or under the | |
| 4763 cursor? | |
| 4764 - Option to make a .swp file only when a change is made (Templeton). | |
| 4765 - Support mapping for replace mode and "r" command (Vi doesn't do this)? | |
| 4766 5 Add 'ignorefilecase' option: Ignore case when expanding file names. | |
| 4767 ":e ma<Tab>" would also find "Makefile" on Unix. | |
| 9 | 4768 8 Sorting of filenames for completion is wrong on systems that ignore |
| 4769 case of filenames. Add 'ignorefncase' option. When set, case in | |
| 4770 filenames is ignored for sorting them. Patch by Mike Williams: | |
| 4771 ~/vim/patches/ignorefncase. Also change what matches? Or use another | |
| 4772 option name. | |
| 7 | 4773 8 Should be able to compile Vim in another directory, with $(srcdir) set to |
| 4774 where the sources are. Add $(srcdir) in the Makefile in a lot of places. | |
| 4775 (Netherton) | |
| 4776 6 Make it configurable when "J" inserts a space or not. Should not add a | |
| 4777 space after "(", for example. | |
| 4778 5 When inserting spaces after the end-of-line for 'virtualedit', use tabs | |
| 4779 when the user wants this (e.g., add a "tab" field to 'virtualedit'). | |
| 4780 (Servatius Brandt) | |
| 4781 | |
| 4782 | |
| 4783 From Elvis: | |
| 4784 - Use "instman.sh" to install manpages? | |
| 4785 - Add ":alias" command. | |
| 4786 - Search patterns: | |
| 4787 \@ match word under cursor. | |
| 4788 but do: | |
| 4789 \@w match the word under the cursor? | |
| 4790 \@W match the WORD under the cursor? | |
| 4791 8 ":window" command: | |
| 4792 :win + next window (up) | |
| 4793 :win ++ idem, wrapping | |
| 4794 :win - previous window (down) | |
| 4795 :win -- idem, wrapping | |
| 4796 :win nr to window number "nr" | |
| 4797 :win name to window editing buffer "name" | |
| 4798 7 ":cc" compiles a single file (default: current one). 'ccprg' option is | |
| 4799 program to use with ":cc". Use ":compile" instead of ":cc"? | |
| 4800 | |
| 4801 | |
| 4802 From xvi: | |
| 4803 - CTRL-_ : swap 8th bit of character. | |
| 4804 - Add egrep-like regex type, like xvi (Ned Konz) or Perl (Emmanuel Mogenet) | |
| 4805 | |
| 4806 | |
| 4807 From vile: | |
| 4808 - When horizontal scrolling, use '>' for lines continuing right of a window. | |
| 4809 - Support putting .swp files in /tmp: Command in rc.local to move .swp files | |
| 4810 from /tmp to some directory before deleting files. | |
| 4811 | |
| 4812 | |
| 4813 Far future and "big" extensions: | |
| 541 | 4814 - Instead of using a Makefile and autoconf, use a simple shell script to |
| 4815 find the C compiler and do everything with C code. Translate something | |
| 4816 like an Aap recipe and configure.in to C. Avoids depending on Python, | |
| 4817 thus will work everywhere. With batch file to find the C compiler it | |
| 4818 would also work on MS-Windows. | |
| 7 | 4819 - Make it easy to setup Vim for groups of users: novice vi users, novice |
| 4820 Vim users, C programmers, xterm users, GUI users,... | |
| 4821 - Change layout of blocks in swap file: Text at the start, with '\n' in | |
| 4822 between lines (just load the file without changes, except for Mac). | |
| 4823 Indexes for lines are from the end of the block backwards. It's the | |
| 4824 current layout mirrored. | |
| 4825 - Make it possible to edit a register, in a window, like a buffer. | |
| 4826 - Add stuff to syntax highlighting to change the text (upper-case keywords, | |
| 4827 set indent, define other highlighting, etc.). | |
| 4828 - Mode to keep C-code formatted all the time (sort of on-line indent). | |
| 4829 - Several top-level windows in one Vim session. Be able to use a different | |
| 4830 font in each top-level window. | |
| 4831 - Allow editing above start and below end of buffer (flag in 'virtualedit'). | |
| 4832 - Smart cut/paste: recognize words and adjust spaces before/after them. | |
| 4833 - Add open mode, use it when terminal has no cursor positioning. | |
| 4834 - Special "drawing mode": a line is drawn where the cursor is moved to. | |
| 4835 Backspace deletes along the line (from jvim). | |
| 4836 - Implement ":Bset", set option in all buffers. Also ":Wset", set in all | |
| 4837 windows, ":Aset, set in all arguments and ":Tset", set in all files | |
| 4838 mentioned in the tags file. | |
| 4839 Add buffer/arg range, like in ":2,5B%s/..." (do we really need this???) | |
| 4840 Add search string: "B/*.c/%s/.."? Or ":F/*.c/%s/.."? | |
| 4841 - Support for underlining (underscore-BS-char), bold (char-BS-char) and other | |
| 4842 standout modes switched on/off with , 'overstrike' option (Reiter). | |
| 4843 - Add vertical mode (Paul Jury, Demirel): "5vdw" deletes a word in five | |
| 4844 lines, "3vitextESC" will insert "text" in three lines, etc.. | |
| 4845 4 Recognize l, #, p as 'flags' to EX commands: | |
| 4846 :g/RE/#l shall print lines with line numbers and in list format. | |
| 4847 :g/RE/dp shall print lines that are deleted. | |
| 4848 POSIX: Commands where flags shall apply to all lines written: list, | |
| 237 | 4849 number, open, print, substitute, visual, &, z. For other commands, flags |
| 7 | 4850 shall apply to the current line after the command completes. Examples: |
| 4851 :7,10j #l Join the lines 7-10 and print the result in list | |
| 4852 - Allow two or more users to edit the same file at the same time. Changes | |
| 4853 are reflected in each Vim immediately. Could work with local files but | |
| 4854 also over the internet. See http://www.codingmonkeys.de/subethaedit/. | |
| 4855 | |
| 648 | 4856 When using "do" or ":diffget" in a buffer with changes in every line an extra |
| 4857 empty line would appear. | |
| 7 | 4858 |
| 4859 vim:tw=78:sw=4:sts=4:ts=8:ft=help:norl: | |
| 4860 vim: set fo+=n : |